]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
752d09476d2522a204c0c2bec0d89537098934e4
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
150 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
151 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
152
153 Examples
154
155 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
156 a first example with no operator precedence.
157 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
158 Operator precedence is introduced.
159 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
160 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
161 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
162 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
163 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
164
165 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
166
167 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
168 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
169 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
170 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
171 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
172 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
173 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
174
175 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
176
177 * Rpcalc Input::
178 * Rpcalc Line::
179 * Rpcalc Expr::
180
181 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
182
183 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
184 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
185 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
186
187 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
188
189 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
190 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
191 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
192
193 Bison Grammar Files
194
195 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
196 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
197 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
198 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
199 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
200 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
201 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
202 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
203
204 Outline of a Bison Grammar
205
206 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
207 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
208 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
209 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
210
211 Defining Language Semantics
212
213 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
214 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
215 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
216 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
217 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
218 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
219 action in the middle of a rule.
220
221 Tracking Locations
222
223 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
224 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
225 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
226
227 Bison Declarations
228
229 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
230 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
231 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
232 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
233 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
234 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
235 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
236 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
237 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
238 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
239 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
240
241 Parser C-Language Interface
242
243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
245 which reads tokens.
246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
249 native language.
250
251 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
252
253 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
254 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
255 of the token it has read.
256 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
257 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
258 actions want that.
259 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
260 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
261
262 The Bison Parser Algorithm
263
264 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
265 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
266 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
267 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
268 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
269 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
270 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
271 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
272 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
273
274 Operator Precedence
275
276 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
277 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
278 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
279 * How Precedence:: How they work.
280
281 Handling Context Dependencies
282
283 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
284 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
285 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
286 error recovery rules must be written.
287
288 Debugging Your Parser
289
290 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
291 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
292
293 Invoking Bison
294
295 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
296 in alphabetical order by short options.
297 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
298 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
299
300 C++ Language Interface
301
302 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
303 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
304
305 C++ Parsers
306
307 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
308 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
309 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
310 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
311 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
312
313 A Complete C++ Example
314
315 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
316 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
317 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
318 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
319 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
320
321 Frequently Asked Questions
322
323 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
324 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
325 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
326 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
327
328 Copying This Manual
329
330 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
331
332 @end detailmenu
333 @end menu
334
335 @node Introduction
336 @unnumbered Introduction
337 @cindex introduction
338
339 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
340 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
341 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
342 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
343 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
344
345 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
346 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
347 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
348 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
349
350 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
351 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
352 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
353 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
354
355 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
356 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
357 multi-character string literals and other features.
358
359 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
360
361 @node Conditions
362 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
363
364 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
365 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
366 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
367 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
368
369 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
370 compiler, have never
371 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
372 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
373 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
374 License to all of the Bison source code.
375
376 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
377 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
378 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
379 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
380 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
381 @code{yyparse},
382 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
383
384 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
385 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
386 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
387 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
388 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
389 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
390
391 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
392 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
393 as usual. You can
394 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
395 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
396 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
397 that output file without restriction.''
398
399 @include gpl.texi
400
401 @node Concepts
402 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
403
404 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
405 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
406 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
407
408 @menu
409 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
410 as mathematical ideas.
411 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
412 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
413 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
414 the name of an identifier, etc.).
415 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
416 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
417 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
418 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
419 how is the output used?
420 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
421 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
422 @end menu
423
424 @node Language and Grammar
425 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
426
427 @cindex context-free grammar
428 @cindex grammar, context-free
429 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
430 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
431 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
432 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
433 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
434 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
435 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
436 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
437 recursion.
438
439 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
440 @cindex Backus-Naur form
441 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
442 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
443 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
444 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
445 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
446
447 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
448 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
449 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
450 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
451 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
452 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
453 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
454 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
455 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
456 restrictions that are
457 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
458 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
459 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
460 more information on this.
461
462 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
463 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
464 @cindex ambiguous grammars
465 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
466
467 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
468 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
469 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
470 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
471 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
472 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
473 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
474 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
475 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
476 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
477 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
478 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
479 possible parses of any given string is finite.
480
481 @cindex symbols (abstract)
482 @cindex token
483 @cindex syntactic grouping
484 @cindex grouping, syntactic
485 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
486 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
487 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
488 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
489 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
490 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
491 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
492
493 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
494 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
495 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
496 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
497 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
498 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
499 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
500 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
501 lexicography, not grammar.)
502
503 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
504
505 @ifinfo
506 @example
507 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
508 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
509 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
510 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
511 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
512 identifier, semicolon} */
513 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
514 @end example
515 @end ifinfo
516 @ifnotinfo
517 @example
518 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
519 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
520 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
521 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
522 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
523 @end example
524 @end ifnotinfo
525
526 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
527 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
528 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
529 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
530 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
531 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
532 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
533 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
534
535 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
536 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
537 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
538 reads informally as follows:
539
540 @quotation
541 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
542 `semicolon'.
543 @end quotation
544
545 @noindent
546 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
547 statement in C.
548
549 @cindex start symbol
550 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
551 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
552 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
553 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
554 plays this role.
555
556 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
557 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
558 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
559 not the start symbol.
560
561 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
562 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
563 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
564 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
565 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
566 reports a syntax error.
567
568 @node Grammar in Bison
569 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
570 @cindex Bison grammar
571 @cindex grammar, Bison
572 @cindex formal grammar
573
574 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
575 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
576 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
577
578 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
579 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
580 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
581
582 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
583 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
584 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
585 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
586 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
587 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
588 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
589 @xref{Symbols}.
590
591 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
592 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
593 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
594 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
595
596 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
597 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
598
599 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
600 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
601 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
602 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
603 used in every rule.
604
605 @example
606 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
607 ;
608 @end example
609
610 @noindent
611 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
612
613 @node Semantic Values
614 @section Semantic Values
615 @cindex semantic value
616 @cindex value, semantic
617
618 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
619 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
620 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
621 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
622 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
623 grammatical.
624
625 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
626 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
627 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
628 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
629 ,Defining Language Semantics},
630 for details.
631
632 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
633 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
634 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
635 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
636 except their types.
637
638 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
639 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
640 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
641 need to have any semantic value.)
642
643 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
644 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
645 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
646 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
647 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
648 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
649
650 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
651 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
652 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
653 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
654 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
655
656 @node Semantic Actions
657 @section Semantic Actions
658 @cindex semantic actions
659 @cindex actions, semantic
660
661 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
662 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
663 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
664 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
665 @xref{Actions}.
666
667 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
668 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
669 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
670 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
671 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
672 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
673 newly recognized larger expression.
674
675 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
676 two subexpressions:
677
678 @example
679 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
680 ;
681 @end example
682
683 @noindent
684 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
685 from the values of the two subexpressions.
686
687 @node GLR Parsers
688 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
689 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
690 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
691 @findex %glr-parser
692 @cindex conflicts
693 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
694 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
695
696 In some grammars, Bison's standard
697 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
698 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
699 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
700 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
701 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
702 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
704 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
705
706 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
707 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
708 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
709 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
710 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
711 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
712 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
713 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
714 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
715 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
716 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
717 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
718 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
719 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
720 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
721 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
722 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
723 identical set of symbols.
724
725 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
726 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
727 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
728 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
729 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
730 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
731 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
732 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
733 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
734 merged result.
735
736 @menu
737 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
738 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
739 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
740 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
741 @end menu
742
743 @node Simple GLR Parsers
744 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
745 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
746 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
747 @findex %glr-parser
748 @findex %expect-rr
749 @cindex conflicts
750 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
751 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
752
753 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
754 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
755 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
756 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
757 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
758 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
759
760 Consider a problem that
761 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
762 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
763
764 @example
765 type subrange = lo .. hi;
766 type enum = (a, b, c);
767 @end example
768
769 @noindent
770 The original language standard allows only numeric
771 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
772 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
773 10206) and many other
774 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
775 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
776 parentheses:
777
778 @example
779 type subrange = (a) .. b;
780 @end example
781
782 @noindent
783 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
784 type with only one value:
785
786 @example
787 type enum = (a);
788 @end example
789
790 @noindent
791 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
792 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
793
794 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
795 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
796 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
797 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
798 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
799 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
800 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
801 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
802
803 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
804 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
805 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
806 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
807 expressions.
808
809 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
810 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
811 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
812 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
813 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
814 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
815 work.
816
817 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
818 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
819 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
820 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
821 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
822 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
823 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
824 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
825 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
826 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
827 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
828
829 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
830 reports a syntax error as usual.
831
832 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
833 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
834 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
835 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
836 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
837
838 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
839 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
840 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
841 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
842 The present example contains only one conflict between two
843 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
844 cannot be nested. So the number of
845 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
846 and the parsing time is still linear.
847
848 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
849 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
850
851 @example
852 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
853
854 @group
855 %left '+' '-'
856 %left '*' '/'
857 @end group
858
859 %%
860
861 @group
862 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 type : '(' id_list ')'
868 | expr DOTDOT expr
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 id_list : ID
874 | id_list ',' ID
875 ;
876 @end group
877
878 @group
879 expr : '(' expr ')'
880 | expr '+' expr
881 | expr '-' expr
882 | expr '*' expr
883 | expr '/' expr
884 | ID
885 ;
886 @end group
887 @end example
888
889 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
890 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
891 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
892 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
893 recognized:
894
895 @example
896 type t = (a) .. b;
897 @end example
898
899 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
900 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
901 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
902 @samp{%%}):
903
904 @example
905 %glr-parser
906 %expect-rr 1
907 @end example
908
909 @noindent
910 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
911 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
912 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
913 notice when the parser splits.
914
915 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
916 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
917 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
918 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
919 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
920 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
921 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
922 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
923 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
924 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
925 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
926 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
927 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
928 correctness.
929
930 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
931 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
932 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
933 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
934 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
935 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1100 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1101
1102 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1103 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1104 the associated reduction.
1105 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1106 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1107
1108 @vindex yychar
1109 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1110 @vindex yylval
1111 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1112 @vindex yylloc
1113 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1114 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1115 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1116 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1117 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1118 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1119 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1120 influence syntax analysis.
1121 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1122
1123 @findex yyclearin
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1125 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1126 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1127 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1128 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1129 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1130 future versions of Bison.
1131 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1132 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1133 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1134
1135 @findex YYERROR
1136 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1137 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1138 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in any semantic action to
1139 initiate error recovery.
1140 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1141 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1142 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1143 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1144
1145 @node Compiler Requirements
1146 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1147 @cindex @code{inline}
1148 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1149
1150 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1151 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1152 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1153 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1154 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1155 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1156
1157 @example
1158 %@{
1159 #include <config.h>
1160 %@}
1161 @end example
1162
1163 @noindent
1164 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1165
1166 @example
1167 %@{
1168 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1169 #define inline
1170 #endif
1171 %@}
1172 @end example
1173
1174 @node Locations Overview
1175 @section Locations
1176 @cindex location
1177 @cindex textual location
1178 @cindex location, textual
1179
1180 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1181 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1182 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1183 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1184
1185 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1186 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1187 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1188 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1189
1190 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1191 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1192 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1193 @code{@@3}.
1194
1195 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1196 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1197 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1198 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1199 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1200 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1201 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1202
1203 @node Bison Parser
1204 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1205 @cindex Bison parser
1206 @cindex Bison utility
1207 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1208 @cindex parser
1209
1210 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1211 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1212 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1213 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1214 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1215 program.
1216
1217 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1218 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1219 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1220 uses.
1221
1222 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1223 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1224 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1225 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1226 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1227 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1228 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1229
1230 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1231 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1232 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1233 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1234 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1235 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1236 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1237 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1238
1239 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1240 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1241 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1242 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1243 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1244 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1245 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1246 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1247 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1248 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1249 meanings.
1250
1251 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1252 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1253 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1254 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1255 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1256 included if message translation is in use
1257 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1258 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1259 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1260
1261 @node Stages
1262 @section Stages in Using Bison
1263 @cindex stages in using Bison
1264 @cindex using Bison
1265
1266 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1267 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1268
1269 @enumerate
1270 @item
1271 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1272 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1273 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1274 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1275 sequence of C statements.
1276
1277 @item
1278 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1279 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1280 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1281 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1285
1286 @item
1287 Write error-reporting routines.
1288 @end enumerate
1289
1290 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1291 must follow these steps:
1292
1293 @enumerate
1294 @item
1295 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1299
1300 @item
1301 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1302 @end enumerate
1303
1304 @node Grammar Layout
1305 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1306 @cindex grammar file
1307 @cindex file format
1308 @cindex format of grammar file
1309 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1310
1311 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1312 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1313
1314 @example
1315 %@{
1316 @var{Prologue}
1317 %@}
1318
1319 @var{Bison declarations}
1320
1321 %%
1322 @var{Grammar rules}
1323 %%
1324 @var{Epilogue}
1325 @end example
1326
1327 @noindent
1328 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1329 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1330
1331 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1332 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1333 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1334 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1335 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1336 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1337
1338 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1339 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1340 semantic values of various symbols.
1341
1342 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1343 parts.
1344
1345 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1346 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1347 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1348
1349 @node Examples
1350 @chapter Examples
1351 @cindex simple examples
1352 @cindex examples, simple
1353
1354 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1355 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1356 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1357 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1358 desk-top calculator.
1359
1360 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1361 languages are written the same way.
1362 @ifinfo
1363 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1364 to try them.
1365 @end ifinfo
1366
1367 @menu
1368 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1369 a first example with no operator precedence.
1370 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1371 Operator precedence is introduced.
1372 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1373 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1374 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1375 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1376 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1377 @end menu
1378
1379 @node RPN Calc
1380 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1381 @cindex reverse polish notation
1382 @cindex polish notation calculator
1383 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1384 @cindex calculator, simple
1385
1386 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1387 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1388 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1389 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1390
1391 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1392 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1393
1394 @menu
1395 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1396 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1397 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1398 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1399 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1400 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1401 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1402 @end menu
1403
1404 @node Rpcalc Decls
1405 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1406
1407 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1408 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1409
1410 @example
1411 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1412
1413 %@{
1414 #define YYSTYPE double
1415 #include <math.h>
1416 int yylex (void);
1417 void yyerror (char const *);
1418 %@}
1419
1420 %token NUM
1421
1422 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1423 @end example
1424
1425 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1426 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1427
1428 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1429 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1430 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1431 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1432 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1433 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1434 which is a floating point number.
1435
1436 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1437 function @code{pow}.
1438
1439 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1440 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1441 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1442 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1443 prologue.
1444
1445 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1446 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1447 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1448 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1449 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1450 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1451 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1452 type for numeric constants.
1453
1454 @node Rpcalc Rules
1455 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1456
1457 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1458
1459 @example
1460 input: /* empty */
1461 | input line
1462 ;
1463
1464 line: '\n'
1465 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1466 ;
1467
1468 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1469 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1470 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1471 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1472 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1473 /* Exponentiation */
1474 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1475 /* Unary minus */
1476 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1477 ;
1478 %%
1479 @end example
1480
1481 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1482 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1483 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1484 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1485 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1486 mean.
1487
1488 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1489 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1490 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1491
1492 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1493 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1494 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1495 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1496 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1497 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1498
1499 @menu
1500 * Rpcalc Input::
1501 * Rpcalc Line::
1502 * Rpcalc Expr::
1503 @end menu
1504
1505 @node Rpcalc Input
1506 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1507
1508 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1509
1510 @example
1511 input: /* empty */
1512 | input line
1513 ;
1514 @end example
1515
1516 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1517 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1518 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1519 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1520 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1521
1522 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1523 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1524 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1525 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1526 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1527 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1528
1529 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1530 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1531 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1532 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1533 more times.
1534
1535 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1536 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1537 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1538
1539 @node Rpcalc Line
1540 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1541
1542 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1543
1544 @example
1545 line: '\n'
1546 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1547 ;
1548 @end example
1549
1550 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1551 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1552 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1553 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1554 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1555 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1556 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1557
1558 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1559 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1560 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1561 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1562 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1563
1564 @node Rpcalc Expr
1565 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1566
1567 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1568 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1569 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1570 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1571
1572 @example
1573 exp: NUM
1574 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1575 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1576 @dots{}
1577 ;
1578 @end example
1579
1580 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1581 equally well have written them separately:
1582
1583 @example
1584 exp: NUM ;
1585 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1586 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1587 @dots{}
1588 @end example
1589
1590 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1591 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1592 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1593 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1594 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1595 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1596 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1597 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1598
1599 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1600 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1601 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1602
1603 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1604 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1605 For example, this:
1606
1607 @example
1608 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1609 @end example
1610
1611 @noindent
1612 means the same thing as this:
1613
1614 @example
1615 exp: NUM
1616 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1617 | @dots{}
1618 ;
1619 @end example
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1623
1624 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1625 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1626 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1627 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1628
1629 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1630 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1631 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1632 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1633
1634 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1635 calculator. This
1636 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1637 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1638 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1639 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1640
1641 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1642 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1643 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1644 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1645 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1646 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1647 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1648 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1649 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1650
1651 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1652 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1653 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1654 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1655 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1656
1657 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1658 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1659
1660 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1661
1662 @example
1663 @group
1664 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1665 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1666 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1667 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1668
1669 #include <ctype.h>
1670 @end group
1671
1672 @group
1673 int
1674 yylex (void)
1675 @{
1676 int c;
1677
1678 /* Skip white space. */
1679 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1680 ;
1681 @end group
1682 @group
1683 /* Process numbers. */
1684 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1685 @{
1686 ungetc (c, stdin);
1687 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1688 return NUM;
1689 @}
1690 @end group
1691 @group
1692 /* Return end-of-input. */
1693 if (c == EOF)
1694 return 0;
1695 /* Return a single char. */
1696 return c;
1697 @}
1698 @end group
1699 @end example
1700
1701 @node Rpcalc Main
1702 @subsection The Controlling Function
1703 @cindex controlling function
1704 @cindex main function in simple example
1705
1706 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1707 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1708 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1709
1710 @example
1711 @group
1712 int
1713 main (void)
1714 @{
1715 return yyparse ();
1716 @}
1717 @end group
1718 @end example
1719
1720 @node Rpcalc Error
1721 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1722 @cindex error reporting routine
1723
1724 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1725 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1726 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1727 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1728 here is the definition we will use:
1729
1730 @example
1731 @group
1732 #include <stdio.h>
1733
1734 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1735 void
1736 yyerror (char const *s)
1737 @{
1738 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1739 @}
1740 @end group
1741 @end example
1742
1743 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1744 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1745 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1746 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1747 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1748 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1749
1750 @node Rpcalc Gen
1751 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1752 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1753
1754 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1755 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1756 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1757 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1758 end, in the epilogue of the file
1759 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1760
1761 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1762 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1763
1764 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1765 convert it into a parser file:
1766
1767 @example
1768 bison @var{file}.y
1769 @end example
1770
1771 @noindent
1772 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1773 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1774 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1775 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1776 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1777 are copied verbatim to the output.
1778
1779 @node Rpcalc Compile
1780 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1781 @cindex compiling the parser
1782
1783 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1784
1785 @example
1786 @group
1787 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1788 $ @kbd{ls}
1789 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1794 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1795 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1796 @end group
1797
1798 @group
1799 # @r{List files again.}
1800 $ @kbd{ls}
1801 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1802 @end group
1803 @end example
1804
1805 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1806 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1807
1808 @example
1809 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1810 @kbd{4 9 +}
1811 13
1812 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1813 -13
1814 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1815 13
1816 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1817 -3.166666667
1818 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1819 81
1820 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1821 $
1822 @end example
1823
1824 @node Infix Calc
1825 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1826 @cindex infix notation calculator
1827 @cindex @code{calc}
1828 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1829
1830 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1831 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1832 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1833 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1834
1835 @example
1836 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1837
1838 %@{
1839 #define YYSTYPE double
1840 #include <math.h>
1841 #include <stdio.h>
1842 int yylex (void);
1843 void yyerror (char const *);
1844 %@}
1845
1846 /* Bison declarations. */
1847 %token NUM
1848 %left '-' '+'
1849 %left '*' '/'
1850 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1851 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1852
1853 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1854 input: /* empty */
1855 | input line
1856 ;
1857
1858 line: '\n'
1859 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1860 ;
1861
1862 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1863 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1864 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1865 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1866 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1867 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1868 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1869 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1870 ;
1871 %%
1872 @end example
1873
1874 @noindent
1875 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1876 same as before.
1877
1878 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1879
1880 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1881 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1882 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1883 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1884 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1885 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1886 the associativity.)
1887
1888 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1889 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1890 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1891 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1892 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1893 Precedence}.
1894
1895 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1896 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1897 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1898 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1899 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1900
1901 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1902
1903 @need 500
1904 @example
1905 $ @kbd{calc}
1906 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1907 6.880952381
1908 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1909 -54
1910 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1911 9
1912 @end example
1913
1914 @node Simple Error Recovery
1915 @section Simple Error Recovery
1916 @cindex error recovery, simple
1917
1918 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1919 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1920 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1921 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1922 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1923 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1924
1925 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1926 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1927 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1928
1929 @example
1930 @group
1931 line: '\n'
1932 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1933 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1934 ;
1935 @end group
1936 @end example
1937
1938 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1939 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1940 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1941 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1942 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1943 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1944 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1945 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1946 misprint.
1947
1948 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1949 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1950 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1951 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1952 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1953 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1954 Bison programs.
1955
1956 @node Location Tracking Calc
1957 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1958 @cindex location tracking calculator
1959 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1960 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1961
1962 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1963 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1964 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1965 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1966 analyzer.
1967
1968 @menu
1969 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1970 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1971 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1972 @end menu
1973
1974 @node Ltcalc Decls
1975 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1976
1977 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1978 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1979
1980 @example
1981 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1982
1983 %@{
1984 #define YYSTYPE int
1985 #include <math.h>
1986 int yylex (void);
1987 void yyerror (char const *);
1988 %@}
1989
1990 /* Bison declarations. */
1991 %token NUM
1992
1993 %left '-' '+'
1994 %left '*' '/'
1995 %left NEG
1996 %right '^'
1997
1998 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1999 @end example
2000
2001 @noindent
2002 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2003 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2004 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2005 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2006 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2007 @code{last_column}.
2008
2009 @node Ltcalc Rules
2010 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2011
2012 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2013 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2014 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2015 from the new information.
2016
2017 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2018 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2019
2020 @example
2021 @group
2022 input : /* empty */
2023 | input line
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 line : '\n'
2029 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2030 ;
2031 @end group
2032
2033 @group
2034 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2035 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2036 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2037 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2038 @end group
2039 @group
2040 | exp '/' exp
2041 @{
2042 if ($3)
2043 $$ = $1 / $3;
2044 else
2045 @{
2046 $$ = 1;
2047 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2048 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2049 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2050 @}
2051 @}
2052 @end group
2053 @group
2054 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2055 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2056 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2057 @end group
2058 @end example
2059
2060 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2061 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2062 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2063
2064 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2065 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2066 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2067 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2068 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2069 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2070 hand.
2071
2072 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2073 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2074
2075 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2076 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2077 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2078 semantic values.
2079
2080 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2081 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2082
2083 @example
2084 @group
2085 int
2086 yylex (void)
2087 @{
2088 int c;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Skip white space. */
2093 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2094 ++yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Step. */
2099 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2100 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2101 @end group
2102
2103 @group
2104 /* Process numbers. */
2105 if (isdigit (c))
2106 @{
2107 yylval = c - '0';
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2110 @{
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2113 @}
2114 ungetc (c, stdin);
2115 return NUM;
2116 @}
2117 @end group
2118
2119 /* Return end-of-input. */
2120 if (c == EOF)
2121 return 0;
2122
2123 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2124 if (c == '\n')
2125 @{
2126 ++yylloc.last_line;
2127 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2128 @}
2129 else
2130 ++yylloc.last_column;
2131 return c;
2132 @}
2133 @end example
2134
2135 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2136 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2137 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2138 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2139
2140 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2141 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2142 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2143 controlling function:
2144
2145 @example
2146 @group
2147 int
2148 main (void)
2149 @{
2150 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2151 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2152 return yyparse ();
2153 @}
2154 @end group
2155 @end example
2156
2157 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2158 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2159 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2160
2161 @node Multi-function Calc
2162 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2163 @cindex multi-function calculator
2164 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2165 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2166
2167 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2168 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2169 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2170 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2171 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2172
2173 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2174 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2175 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2176 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2177 functions whose syntax has this form:
2178
2179 @example
2180 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2181 @end example
2182
2183 @noindent
2184 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2185 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2186 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2187
2188 @example
2189 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2190 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2191 3.1415926536
2192 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2193 0.0000000000
2194 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 @kbd{alpha}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2199 0.8329091229
2200 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2201 2.3000000000
2202 $
2203 @end example
2204
2205 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2206
2207 @menu
2208 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2209 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2210 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2211 @end menu
2212
2213 @node Mfcalc Decl
2214 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2215
2216 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2217
2218 @smallexample
2219 @group
2220 %@{
2221 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2222 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2223 int yylex (void);
2224 void yyerror (char const *);
2225 %@}
2226 @end group
2227 @group
2228 %union @{
2229 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2230 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2231 @}
2232 @end group
2233 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2234 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2235 %type <val> exp
2236
2237 @group
2238 %right '='
2239 %left '-' '+'
2240 %left '*' '/'
2241 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2242 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2243 @end group
2244 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2245 @end smallexample
2246
2247 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2248 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2249 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2250
2251 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2252 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2253 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2254 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2255
2256 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2257 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2258 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2259 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2260 between angle brackets).
2261
2262 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2263 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2264 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2265 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2266 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2267 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2268
2269 @node Mfcalc Rules
2270 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2271
2272 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2273 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2274 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 input: /* empty */
2279 | input line
2280 ;
2281 @end group
2282
2283 @group
2284 line:
2285 '\n'
2286 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2287 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2288 ;
2289 @end group
2290
2291 @group
2292 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2293 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2294 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2295 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2296 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2297 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2298 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2299 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2300 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2301 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2302 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2303 ;
2304 @end group
2305 /* End of grammar. */
2306 %%
2307 @end smallexample
2308
2309 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2310 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2311 @cindex symbol table example
2312
2313 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2314 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2315 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2316 requires some additional C functions for support.
2317
2318 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2319 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2320 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2321
2322 @smallexample
2323 @group
2324 /* Function type. */
2325 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2326 @end group
2327
2328 @group
2329 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2330 struct symrec
2331 @{
2332 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2333 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2334 union
2335 @{
2336 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2337 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2338 @} value;
2339 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2340 @};
2341 @end group
2342
2343 @group
2344 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2345
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 extern symrec *sym_table;
2348
2349 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2350 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2351 @end group
2352 @end smallexample
2353
2354 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2355 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2356 @code{init_table} as well:
2357
2358 @smallexample
2359 #include <stdio.h>
2360
2361 @group
2362 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2363 void
2364 yyerror (char const *s)
2365 @{
2366 printf ("%s\n", s);
2367 @}
2368 @end group
2369
2370 @group
2371 struct init
2372 @{
2373 char const *fname;
2374 double (*fnct) (double);
2375 @};
2376 @end group
2377
2378 @group
2379 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2380 @{
2381 "sin", sin,
2382 "cos", cos,
2383 "atan", atan,
2384 "ln", log,
2385 "exp", exp,
2386 "sqrt", sqrt,
2387 0, 0
2388 @};
2389 @end group
2390
2391 @group
2392 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2393 symrec *sym_table;
2394 @end group
2395
2396 @group
2397 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2398 void
2399 init_table (void)
2400 @{
2401 int i;
2402 symrec *ptr;
2403 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2404 @{
2405 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2406 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2407 @}
2408 @}
2409 @end group
2410
2411 @group
2412 int
2413 main (void)
2414 @{
2415 init_table ();
2416 return yyparse ();
2417 @}
2418 @end group
2419 @end smallexample
2420
2421 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2422 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2423
2424 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2425 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2426 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2427 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2428 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2429 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2430
2431 @smallexample
2432 symrec *
2433 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2434 @{
2435 symrec *ptr;
2436 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2437 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2438 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2439 ptr->type = sym_type;
2440 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2441 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2442 sym_table = ptr;
2443 return ptr;
2444 @}
2445
2446 symrec *
2447 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2448 @{
2449 symrec *ptr;
2450 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2451 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2452 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2453 return ptr;
2454 return 0;
2455 @}
2456 @end smallexample
2457
2458 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2459 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2460 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2461 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2462
2463 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2464 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2465 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2466 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2467 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2468 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2469
2470 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2471 operators in @code{yylex}.
2472
2473 @smallexample
2474 @group
2475 #include <ctype.h>
2476 @end group
2477
2478 @group
2479 int
2480 yylex (void)
2481 @{
2482 int c;
2483
2484 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2485 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2486
2487 if (c == EOF)
2488 return 0;
2489 @end group
2490
2491 @group
2492 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2493 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2494 @{
2495 ungetc (c, stdin);
2496 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2497 return NUM;
2498 @}
2499 @end group
2500
2501 @group
2502 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2503 if (isalpha (c))
2504 @{
2505 symrec *s;
2506 static char *symbuf = 0;
2507 static int length = 0;
2508 int i;
2509 @end group
2510
2511 @group
2512 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2513 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2514 if (length == 0)
2515 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2516
2517 i = 0;
2518 do
2519 @end group
2520 @group
2521 @{
2522 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2523 if (i == length)
2524 @{
2525 length *= 2;
2526 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2527 @}
2528 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2529 symbuf[i++] = c;
2530 /* Get another character. */
2531 c = getchar ();
2532 @}
2533 @end group
2534 @group
2535 while (isalnum (c));
2536
2537 ungetc (c, stdin);
2538 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2539 @end group
2540
2541 @group
2542 s = getsym (symbuf);
2543 if (s == 0)
2544 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2545 yylval.tptr = s;
2546 return s->type;
2547 @}
2548
2549 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2550 return c;
2551 @}
2552 @end group
2553 @end smallexample
2554
2555 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2556 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2557 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2558
2559 @node Exercises
2560 @section Exercises
2561 @cindex exercises
2562
2563 @enumerate
2564 @item
2565 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2566
2567 @item
2568 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2569 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2570 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2571
2572 @item
2573 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2574 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2575 @end enumerate
2576
2577 @node Grammar File
2578 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2579
2580 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2581 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2582
2583 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2584 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2585
2586 @menu
2587 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2588 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2589 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2590 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2591 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2592 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2593 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2594 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2595 @end menu
2596
2597 @node Grammar Outline
2598 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2599
2600 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2601 appropriate delimiters:
2602
2603 @example
2604 %@{
2605 @var{Prologue}
2606 %@}
2607
2608 @var{Bison declarations}
2609
2610 %%
2611 @var{Grammar rules}
2612 %%
2613
2614 @var{Epilogue}
2615 @end example
2616
2617 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2618 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2619 continues until end of line.
2620
2621 @menu
2622 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2623 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2624 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2625 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2626 @end menu
2627
2628 @node Prologue
2629 @subsection The prologue
2630 @cindex declarations section
2631 @cindex Prologue
2632 @cindex declarations
2633
2634 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2635 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2636 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2637 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2638 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2639 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2640 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #include <stdio.h>
2653 #include "ptypes.h"
2654 %@}
2655
2656 %union @{
2657 long int n;
2658 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2659 @}
2660
2661 %@{
2662 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2663 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2664 %@}
2665
2666 @dots{}
2667 @end smallexample
2668
2669 @node Bison Declarations
2670 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2671 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2672 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2673
2674 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2675 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2676 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2677 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2678
2679 @node Grammar Rules
2680 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2681 @cindex grammar rules section
2682 @cindex rules section for grammar
2683
2684 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2685 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2686
2687 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2688 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2689 if it is the first thing in the file.
2690
2691 @node Epilogue
2692 @subsection The epilogue
2693 @cindex additional C code section
2694 @cindex epilogue
2695 @cindex C code, section for additional
2696
2697 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2698 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2699 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2700 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2701 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2702 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2703 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2704 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2705 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2706
2707 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2708 from the grammar rules.
2709
2710 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2711 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2712 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2713 of the grammar file.
2714
2715 @node Symbols
2716 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2717 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2718 @cindex terminal symbol
2719 @cindex token type
2720 @cindex symbol
2721
2722 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2723 of the language.
2724
2725 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2726 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2727 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2728 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2729 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2730 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2731 the symbol to stand for it.
2732
2733 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2734 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2735 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2736
2737 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2738 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2739
2740 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2741
2742 @itemize @bullet
2743 @item
2744 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2745 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2746 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2747 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2748
2749 @item
2750 @cindex character token
2751 @cindex literal token
2752 @cindex single-character literal
2753 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2754 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2755 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2756 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2757 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2758 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2759 ,Operator Precedence}).
2760
2761 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2762 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2763 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2764 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2765 your program will confuse other readers.
2766
2767 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2768 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2769 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2770 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2771 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2772 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2773 allowed.
2774
2775 @item
2776 @cindex string token
2777 @cindex literal string token
2778 @cindex multicharacter literal
2779 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2780 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2781 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2782 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2783 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2784
2785 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2786 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2787 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2788 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2789 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2790
2791 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2792
2793 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2794 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2795 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2796 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2797 read your program will be confused.
2798
2799 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2800 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2801 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2802 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2803 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2804 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2805 @end itemize
2806
2807 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2808 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2809 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2810
2811 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2812 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2813 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2814 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2815 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2816 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2817 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2818 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2819 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2820 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2821 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2822 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2823
2824 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2825 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2826 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2827 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2828 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2829
2830 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2831 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2832 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2833 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2834 characters in the following C-language string:
2835
2836 @example
2837 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2838 @end example
2839
2840 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2841 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2842 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2843 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2844 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2845 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2846 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2847 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2848 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2849 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2850 compiling them.
2851
2852 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2853 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2854 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2855 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2856 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2857
2858 @node Rules
2859 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2860 @cindex rule syntax
2861 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2862 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2863
2864 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2865
2866 @example
2867 @group
2868 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2869 ;
2870 @end group
2871 @end example
2872
2873 @noindent
2874 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2875 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2876 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2877
2878 For example,
2879
2880 @example
2881 @group
2882 exp: exp '+' exp
2883 ;
2884 @end group
2885 @end example
2886
2887 @noindent
2888 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2889 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2890
2891 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2892 extra white space as you wish.
2893
2894 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2895 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2896
2897 @example
2898 @{@var{C statements}@}
2899 @end example
2900
2901 @noindent
2902 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2903 @xref{Actions}.
2904
2905 @findex |
2906 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2907 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2908
2909 @ifinfo
2910 @example
2911 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2912 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2913 @dots{}
2914 ;
2915 @end example
2916 @end ifinfo
2917 @iftex
2918 @example
2919 @group
2920 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2921 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2922 @dots{}
2923 ;
2924 @end group
2925 @end example
2926 @end iftex
2927
2928 @noindent
2929 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2930
2931 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2932 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2933 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2934
2935 @example
2936 @group
2937 expseq: /* empty */
2938 | expseq1
2939 ;
2940 @end group
2941
2942 @group
2943 expseq1: exp
2944 | expseq1 ',' exp
2945 ;
2946 @end group
2947 @end example
2948
2949 @noindent
2950 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2951 with no components.
2952
2953 @node Recursion
2954 @section Recursive Rules
2955 @cindex recursive rule
2956
2957 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2958 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2959 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2960 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2961 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2962
2963 @example
2964 @group
2965 expseq1: exp
2966 | expseq1 ',' exp
2967 ;
2968 @end group
2969 @end example
2970
2971 @cindex left recursion
2972 @cindex right recursion
2973 @noindent
2974 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2975 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2976 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2977
2978 @example
2979 @group
2980 expseq1: exp
2981 | exp ',' expseq1
2982 ;
2983 @end group
2984 @end example
2985
2986 @noindent
2987 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
2988 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
2989 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
2990 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
2991 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
2992 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
2993 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
2994 of this.
2995
2996 @cindex mutual recursion
2997 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
2998 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
2999 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3000 side.
3001
3002 For example:
3003
3004 @example
3005 @group
3006 expr: primary
3007 | primary '+' primary
3008 ;
3009 @end group
3010
3011 @group
3012 primary: constant
3013 | '(' expr ')'
3014 ;
3015 @end group
3016 @end example
3017
3018 @noindent
3019 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3020 other.
3021
3022 @node Semantics
3023 @section Defining Language Semantics
3024 @cindex defining language semantics
3025 @cindex language semantics, defining
3026
3027 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3028 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3029 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3030
3031 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3032 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3033 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3034 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3035
3036 @menu
3037 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3038 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3039 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3040 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3041 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3042 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3043 action in the middle of a rule.
3044 @end menu
3045
3046 @node Value Type
3047 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3048 @cindex semantic value type
3049 @cindex value type, semantic
3050 @cindex data types of semantic values
3051 @cindex default data type
3052
3053 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3054 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3055 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3056 Notation Calculator}).
3057
3058 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3059 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3060
3061 @example
3062 #define YYSTYPE double
3063 @end example
3064
3065 @noindent
3066 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3067 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3068
3069 @node Multiple Types
3070 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3071
3072 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3073 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3074 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3075 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3076 symbol table.
3077
3078 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3079 requires you to do two things:
3080
3081 @itemize @bullet
3082 @item
3083 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3084 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3085 Value Types}).
3086
3087 @item
3088 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3089 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3090 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3091 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3092 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3093 @end itemize
3094
3095 @node Actions
3096 @subsection Actions
3097 @cindex action
3098 @vindex $$
3099 @vindex $@var{n}
3100
3101 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3102 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3103 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3104 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3105
3106 An action consists of C statements surrounded by braces, much like a
3107 compound statement in C@. An action can contain any sequence of C
3108 statements. Bison does not look for trigraphs, though, so if your C
3109 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3110 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, strings, or character
3111 literals.
3112
3113 An action can be placed at any position in the rule;
3114 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3115 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3116 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3117 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3118
3119 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3120 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3121 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3122 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3123 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3124 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3125 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3126
3127 Here is a typical example:
3128
3129 @example
3130 @group
3131 exp: @dots{}
3132 | exp '+' exp
3133 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3134 @end group
3135 @end example
3136
3137 @noindent
3138 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3139 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3140 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3141 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3142 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3143 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3144 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3145 referred to as @code{$2}.
3146
3147 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3148 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3149 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3150 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3151 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3152
3153 @example
3154 @group
3155 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3156 @end group
3157 @end example
3158
3159 @cindex default action
3160 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3161 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3162 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3163 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3164 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3165 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3166
3167 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3168 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3169 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3170 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3171 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3176 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3177 ;
3178 @end group
3179
3180 @group
3181 bar: /* empty */
3182 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3183 ;
3184 @end group
3185 @end example
3186
3187 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3188 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3189 definition of @code{foo}.
3190
3191 @vindex yylval
3192 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3193 any, from a semantic action.
3194 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3195 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3196
3197 @node Action Types
3198 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3199 @cindex action data types
3200 @cindex data types in actions
3201
3202 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3203 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3204
3205 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3206 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3207 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3208 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3209 in the rule. In this example,
3210
3211 @example
3212 @group
3213 exp: @dots{}
3214 | exp '+' exp
3215 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3216 @end group
3217 @end example
3218
3219 @noindent
3220 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3221 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3222 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3223 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3224
3225 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3226 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3227 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3228
3229 @example
3230 @group
3231 %union @{
3232 int itype;
3233 double dtype;
3234 @}
3235 @end group
3236 @end example
3237
3238 @noindent
3239 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3240 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3241
3242 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3243 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3244 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3245 @cindex mid-rule actions
3246
3247 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3248 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3249 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3250
3251 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3252 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3253 it is run before they are parsed.
3254
3255 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3256 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3257 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3258 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3259 @code{$@var{n}}.
3260
3261 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3262 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3263 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3264 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3265 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3266 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3267
3268 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3269 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3270 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3271 at the end of the rule.
3272
3273 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3274 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3275 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3276 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3277 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3278 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3279
3280 @example
3281 @group
3282 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3283 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3284 declare_variable ($3); @}
3285 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3286 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3287 @end group
3288 @end example
3289
3290 @noindent
3291 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3292 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3293 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3294 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3295 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3296 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3297 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3298 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3299
3300 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3301 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3302 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3303 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3304 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3305
3306 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3307 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3308 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3309 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3310 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3311 declaration or not:
3312
3313 @example
3314 @group
3315 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3316 | '@{' statements '@}'
3317 ;
3318 @end group
3319 @end example
3320
3321 @noindent
3322 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3323
3324 @example
3325 @group
3326 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3327 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3328 @end group
3329 @group
3330 | '@{' statements '@}'
3331 ;
3332 @end group
3333 @end example
3334
3335 @noindent
3336 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3337 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3338 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3339 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3340 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3341 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3342
3343 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3344 actions into the two rules, like this:
3345
3346 @example
3347 @group
3348 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3349 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3350 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3351 '@{' statements '@}'
3352 ;
3353 @end group
3354 @end example
3355
3356 @noindent
3357 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3358 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3359
3360 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3361 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3362 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3363
3364 @example
3365 @group
3366 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3367 declarations statements '@}'
3368 | '@{' statements '@}'
3369 ;
3370 @end group
3371 @end example
3372
3373 @noindent
3374 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3375 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3376
3377 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3378 serves as a subroutine:
3379
3380 @example
3381 @group
3382 subroutine: /* empty */
3383 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3384 ;
3385
3386 @end group
3387
3388 @group
3389 compound: subroutine
3390 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3391 | subroutine
3392 '@{' statements '@}'
3393 ;
3394 @end group
3395 @end example
3396
3397 @noindent
3398 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3399 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3400 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3401 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3402 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3403
3404 @node Locations
3405 @section Tracking Locations
3406 @cindex location
3407 @cindex textual location
3408 @cindex location, textual
3409
3410 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3411 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3412 especially symbol locations.
3413
3414 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3415 actions to take when rules are matched.
3416
3417 @menu
3418 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3419 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3420 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3421 @end menu
3422
3423 @node Location Type
3424 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3425 @cindex data type of locations
3426 @cindex default location type
3427
3428 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3429 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3430
3431 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3432 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3433 four members:
3434
3435 @example
3436 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3437 @{
3438 int first_line;
3439 int first_column;
3440 int last_line;
3441 int last_column;
3442 @} YYLTYPE;
3443 @end example
3444
3445 @node Actions and Locations
3446 @subsection Actions and Locations
3447 @cindex location actions
3448 @cindex actions, location
3449 @vindex @@$
3450 @vindex @@@var{n}
3451
3452 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3453 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3454
3455 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3456 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3457 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3458 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3459 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3460 @code{@@$}.
3461
3462 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3463
3464 @example
3465 @group
3466 exp: @dots{}
3467 | exp '/' exp
3468 @{
3469 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3470 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3471 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3472 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3473 if ($3)
3474 $$ = $1 / $3;
3475 else
3476 @{
3477 $$ = 1;
3478 fprintf (stderr,
3479 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3480 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3481 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3482 @}
3483 @}
3484 @end group
3485 @end example
3486
3487 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3488 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3489 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3490 last symbol.
3491
3492 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3493 example above simply rewrites this way:
3494
3495 @example
3496 @group
3497 exp: @dots{}
3498 | exp '/' exp
3499 @{
3500 if ($3)
3501 $$ = $1 / $3;
3502 else
3503 @{
3504 $$ = 1;
3505 fprintf (stderr,
3506 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3507 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3508 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3509 @}
3510 @}
3511 @end group
3512 @end example
3513
3514 @vindex yylloc
3515 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3516 from a semantic action.
3517 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3518 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3519
3520 @node Location Default Action
3521 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3522 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3523
3524 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3525 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3526 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3527 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3528 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3529 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3530
3531 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3532 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3533
3534 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3535 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3536 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3537 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3538 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3539 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3540 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3541 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3542
3543 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3544
3545 @smallexample
3546 @group
3547 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3548 do \
3549 if (N) \
3550 @{ \
3551 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3552 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3553 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3554 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3555 @} \
3556 else \
3557 @{ \
3558 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3559 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3560 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3561 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3562 @} \
3563 while (0)
3564 @end group
3565 @end smallexample
3566
3567 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3568 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3569 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3570
3571 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3572
3573 @itemize @bullet
3574 @item
3575 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3576 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3577
3578 @item
3579 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3580 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3581 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3582 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3583
3584 @item
3585 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3586 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3587 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3588 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3589 @end itemize
3590
3591 @node Declarations
3592 @section Bison Declarations
3593 @cindex declarations, Bison
3594 @cindex Bison declarations
3595
3596 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3597 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3598 @xref{Symbols}.
3599
3600 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3601 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3602 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3603 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3604
3605 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3606 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3607 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3608 Grammars}).
3609
3610 @menu
3611 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3612 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3613 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3614 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3615 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3616 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3617 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3618 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3619 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3620 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3621 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3622 @end menu
3623
3624 @node Require Decl
3625 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3626 @cindex version requirement
3627 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3628 @findex %require
3629
3630 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3631 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3632 status 63).
3633
3634 @example
3635 %require "@var{version}"
3636 @end example
3637
3638 @node Token Decl
3639 @subsection Token Type Names
3640 @cindex declaring token type names
3641 @cindex token type names, declaring
3642 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3643 @findex %token
3644
3645 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3646
3647 @example
3648 %token @var{name}
3649 @end example
3650
3651 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3652 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3653 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3654
3655 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3656 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3657 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3658 Precedence}.
3659
3660 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3661 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3662 following the token name:
3663
3664 @example
3665 %token NUM 300
3666 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3667 @end example
3668
3669 @noindent
3670 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3671 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3672 with each other or with normal characters.
3673
3674 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3675 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3676 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3677 Than One Value Type}).
3678
3679 For example:
3680
3681 @example
3682 @group
3683 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3684 double val;
3685 symrec *tptr;
3686 @}
3687 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3688 @end group
3689 @end example
3690
3691 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3692 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3693 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3694
3695 @example
3696 %token arrow "=>"
3697 @end example
3698
3699 @noindent
3700 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3701 equivalent literal string tokens:
3702
3703 @example
3704 %token <operator> OR "||"
3705 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3706 %left OR "<="
3707 @end example
3708
3709 @noindent
3710 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3711 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3712 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3713 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3714
3715 @node Precedence Decl
3716 @subsection Operator Precedence
3717 @cindex precedence declarations
3718 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3719 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3720
3721 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3722 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3723 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3724 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3725 operator precedence.
3726
3727 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3728 @code{%token}: either
3729
3730 @example
3731 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3732 @end example
3733
3734 @noindent
3735 or
3736
3737 @example
3738 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3739 @end example
3740
3741 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3742 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3743 all the @var{symbols}:
3744
3745 @itemize @bullet
3746 @item
3747 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3748 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3749 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3750 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3751 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3752 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3753 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3754 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3755 considered a syntax error.
3756
3757 @item
3758 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3759 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3760 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3761 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3762 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3763 @end itemize
3764
3765 @node Union Decl
3766 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3767 @cindex declaring value types
3768 @cindex value types, declaring
3769 @findex %union
3770
3771 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of possible
3772 data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is followed by a
3773 pair of braces containing the same thing that goes inside a @code{union} in
3774 C.
3775
3776 For example:
3777
3778 @example
3779 @group
3780 %union @{
3781 double val;
3782 symrec *tptr;
3783 @}
3784 @end group
3785 @end example
3786
3787 @noindent
3788 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3789 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3790 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3791 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3792
3793 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3794 @code{union}. For example:
3795
3796 @example
3797 @group
3798 %union value @{
3799 double val;
3800 symrec *tptr;
3801 @}
3802 @end group
3803 @end example
3804
3805 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3806 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3807 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3808
3809 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3810 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3811
3812 @node Type Decl
3813 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3814 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3815 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3816 @findex %type
3817
3818 @noindent
3819 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3820 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3821 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3822
3823 @example
3824 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3825 @end example
3826
3827 @noindent
3828 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3829 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3830 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3831 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3832 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3833 the symbol names.
3834
3835 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3836 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3837 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3838 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3839
3840 @node Initial Action Decl
3841 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3842 @findex %initial-action
3843
3844 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3845 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3846 code.
3847
3848 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3849 @findex %initial-action
3850 Declare that the @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3851 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3852 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3853 @code{%parse-param}.
3854 @end deffn
3855
3856 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3857
3858 @example
3859 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3860 %initial-action
3861 @{
3862 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3863 @};
3864 @end example
3865
3866
3867 @node Destructor Decl
3868 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3869 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3870 @findex %destructor
3871
3872 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3873 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3874 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3875 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3876 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3877 must discard the start symbol.
3878
3879 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3880 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3881 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3882 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3883
3884 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3885 symbol is automatically discarded.
3886
3887 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3888 @findex %destructor
3889 Invoke @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the @var{symbols}.
3890 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3891 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3892 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3893 @code{yyparse}}).
3894 @end deffn
3895
3896 For instance:
3897
3898 @smallexample
3899 %union
3900 @{
3901 char *string;
3902 @}
3903 %token <string> STRING
3904 %type <string> string
3905 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3906 @end smallexample
3907
3908 @noindent
3909 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3910 its associated memory will be freed.
3911
3912 @sp 1
3913
3914 @cindex discarded symbols
3915 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3916
3917 @itemize
3918 @item
3919 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3920 @item
3921 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3922 @item
3923 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3924 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3925 @item
3926 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3927 @end itemize
3928
3929 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3930 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3931 exhaustion.
3932
3933 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3934 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3935 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3936 the memory.
3937
3938 @node Expect Decl
3939 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3940 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3941 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3942 @cindex warnings, preventing
3943 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3944 @findex %expect
3945 @findex %expect-rr
3946
3947 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3948 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3949 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3950 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3951 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3952 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3953
3954 The declaration looks like this:
3955
3956 @example
3957 %expect @var{n}
3958 @end example
3959
3960 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
3961 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
3962 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
3963 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
3964
3965 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
3966 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3967 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
3968 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
3969 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
3970 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
3971 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
3972
3973 @example
3974 %expect-rr @var{n}
3975 @end example
3976
3977 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3978
3979 @itemize @bullet
3980 @item
3981 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
3982 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
3983 print the number of conflicts.
3984
3985 @item
3986 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
3987 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
3988 go back to the beginning.
3989
3990 @item
3991 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
3992 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
3993 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
3994 @end itemize
3995
3996 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
3997 will keep silent otherwise.
3998
3999 @node Start Decl
4000 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4001 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4002 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4003 @cindex default start symbol
4004 @findex %start
4005
4006 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4007 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4008 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4009
4010 @example
4011 %start @var{symbol}
4012 @end example
4013
4014 @node Pure Decl
4015 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4016 @cindex reentrant parser
4017 @cindex pure parser
4018 @findex %pure-parser
4019
4020 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4021 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4022 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4023 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4024 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4025 program must be called only within interlocks.
4026
4027 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4028 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4029 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4030 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4031 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4032
4033 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4034 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4035 reentrant. It looks like this:
4036
4037 @example
4038 %pure-parser
4039 @end example
4040
4041 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4042 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4043 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4044 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4045 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4046 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4047 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4048 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4049
4050 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4051 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4052 valid grammar.
4053
4054 @node Decl Summary
4055 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4056 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4057 @cindex declaration summary
4058 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4059
4060 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4061
4062 @deffn {Directive} %union
4063 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4064 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4065 @end deffn
4066
4067 @deffn {Directive} %token
4068 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4069 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4070 @end deffn
4071
4072 @deffn {Directive} %right
4073 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4074 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4075 @end deffn
4076
4077 @deffn {Directive} %left
4078 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4079 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4080 @end deffn
4081
4082 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4083 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4084 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4085 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4086 @end deffn
4087
4088 @ifset defaultprec
4089 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4090 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4091 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4092 @end deffn
4093 @end ifset
4094
4095 @deffn {Directive} %type
4096 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4097 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4098 @end deffn
4099
4100 @deffn {Directive} %start
4101 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4102 Start-Symbol}).
4103 @end deffn
4104
4105 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4106 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4107 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4108 @end deffn
4109
4110
4111 @sp 1
4112 @noindent
4113 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4114 directives:
4115
4116 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4117 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4118 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4119 @end deffn
4120 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4121
4122 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4123 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4124 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4125 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4126 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4127
4128 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4129 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4130 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4131 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4132 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4133 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4134 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4135 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4136
4137 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4138 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4139 Parser}.
4140
4141 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4142 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4143 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4144 Locations}.
4145
4146 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4147 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4148 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4149 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4150 Tokens}.
4151 @end deffn
4152
4153 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4154 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4155 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4156 @end deffn
4157
4158 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4159 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4160 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4161 @end deffn
4162
4163 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4164 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4165 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4166 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4167 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4168 accurate syntax error messages.
4169 @end deffn
4170
4171 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4172 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4173 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4174 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4175 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4176 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4177 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4178 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4179 Program}.
4180 @end deffn
4181
4182 @ifset defaultprec
4183 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4184 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4185 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4186 Precedence}).
4187 @end deffn
4188 @end ifset
4189
4190 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4191 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4192 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4193 declarations.
4194
4195 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4196 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4197 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4198 @end deffn
4199
4200 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4201 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4202 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4203 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4204 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4205 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4206 file in its own right.
4207 @end deffn
4208
4209 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4210 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4211 @end deffn
4212
4213 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4214 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4215 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4216 @end deffn
4217
4218 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4219 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4220 Require a Version of Bison}.
4221 @end deffn
4222
4223 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4224 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4225 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4226 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4227 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4228 @code{"$end"},
4229 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4230 defined in the grammar file.
4231
4232 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4233 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4234 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4235 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4236 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4237 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4238 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4239 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4240
4241 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4242 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4243 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4244
4245 @table @code
4246 @item YYNTOKENS
4247 The highest token number, plus one.
4248 @item YYNNTS
4249 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4250 @item YYNRULES
4251 The number of grammar rules,
4252 @item YYNSTATES
4253 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4254 @end table
4255 @end deffn
4256
4257 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4258 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4259 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4260 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4261 information.
4262 @end deffn
4263
4264 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4265 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4266 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4267 @end deffn
4268
4269
4270 @node Multiple Parsers
4271 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4272
4273 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4274 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4275 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4276 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4277
4278 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4279 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4280 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4281 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4282 names that do not conflict.
4283
4284 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4285 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4286 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4287 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4288
4289 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4290 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4291 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4292 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4293 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4294
4295 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4296 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4297 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4298 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4299
4300 @node Interface
4301 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4302 @cindex C-language interface
4303 @cindex interface
4304
4305 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4306 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4307 functions that it needs to use.
4308
4309 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4310 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4311 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4312 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4313
4314 @menu
4315 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4316 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4317 which reads tokens.
4318 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4319 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4320 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4321 native language.
4322 @end menu
4323
4324 @node Parser Function
4325 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4326 @findex yyparse
4327
4328 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4329 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4330 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4331 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4332 without reading further.
4333
4334
4335 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4336 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4337 is due to end-of-input).
4338
4339 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4340 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4341 invoked.
4342
4343 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4344 @end deftypefun
4345
4346 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4347 these macros:
4348
4349 @defmac YYACCEPT
4350 @findex YYACCEPT
4351 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4352 @end defmac
4353
4354 @defmac YYABORT
4355 @findex YYABORT
4356 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4357 @end defmac
4358
4359 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4360 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4361 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4362
4363 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4364 @findex %parse-param
4365 Declare that an argument declared by @code{argument-declaration} is an
4366 additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4367 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4368 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4369 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4370 @end deffn
4371
4372 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4373
4374 @example
4375 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4376 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4377 @end example
4378
4379 @noindent
4380 Then call the parser like this:
4381
4382 @example
4383 @{
4384 int nastiness, randomness;
4385 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4386 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4387 @dots{}
4388 @}
4389 @end example
4390
4391 @noindent
4392 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4393
4394 @example
4395 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4396 @end example
4397
4398
4399 @node Lexical
4400 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4401 @findex yylex
4402 @cindex lexical analyzer
4403
4404 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4405 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4406 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4407 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4408
4409 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4410 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4411 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4412 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4413 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4414 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4415 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4416
4417 @menu
4418 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4419 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4420 of the token it has read.
4421 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4422 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4423 actions want that.
4424 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4425 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4426 @end menu
4427
4428 @node Calling Convention
4429 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4430
4431 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4432 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4433 signifies end-of-input.
4434
4435 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4436 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4437 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4438 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4439
4440 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4441 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4442 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4443 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4444 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4445 signifies end-of-input.
4446
4447 Here is an example showing these things:
4448
4449 @example
4450 int
4451 yylex (void)
4452 @{
4453 @dots{}
4454 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4455 return 0;
4456 @dots{}
4457 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4458 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4459 @dots{}
4460 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4461 @dots{}
4462 @}
4463 @end example
4464
4465 @noindent
4466 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4467 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4468
4469 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4470 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4471
4472 @itemize @bullet
4473 @item
4474 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4475 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4476 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4477 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4478
4479 @item
4480 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4481 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4482 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4483 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4484 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4485 to Bison.
4486
4487 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4488 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4489 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4490 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4491
4492 @smallexample
4493 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4494 @{
4495 if (yytname[i] != 0
4496 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4497 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4498 strlen (token_buffer))
4499 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4500 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4501 break;
4502 @}
4503 @end smallexample
4504
4505 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4506 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4507 @end itemize
4508
4509 @node Token Values
4510 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4511
4512 @vindex yylval
4513 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4514 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4515 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4516 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4517 @code{yylex}:
4518
4519 @example
4520 @group
4521 @dots{}
4522 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4523 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4524 @dots{}
4525 @end group
4526 @end example
4527
4528 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4529 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4530 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4531 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4532 declaration looks like this:
4533
4534 @example
4535 @group
4536 %union @{
4537 int intval;
4538 double val;
4539 symrec *tptr;
4540 @}
4541 @end group
4542 @end example
4543
4544 @noindent
4545 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4546
4547 @example
4548 @group
4549 @dots{}
4550 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4551 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4552 @dots{}
4553 @end group
4554 @end example
4555
4556 @node Token Locations
4557 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4558
4559 @vindex yylloc
4560 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4561 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4562 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4563 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4564 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4565 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4566
4567 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4568 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4569 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4570 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4571 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4572
4573 @tindex YYLTYPE
4574 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4575
4576 @node Pure Calling
4577 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4578
4579 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4580 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4581 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4582 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4583 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4584 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4585 pointers.
4586
4587 @example
4588 int
4589 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4590 @{
4591 @dots{}
4592 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4593 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4594 @dots{}
4595 @}
4596 @end example
4597
4598 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4599 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4600 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4601 only one argument.
4602
4603
4604 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4605 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4606 Function}).
4607
4608 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4609 @findex %lex-param
4610 Declare that @code{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yylex}
4611 argument declaration.
4612 @end deffn
4613
4614 For instance:
4615
4616 @example
4617 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4618 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4619 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4620 @end example
4621
4622 @noindent
4623 results in the following signature:
4624
4625 @example
4626 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4627 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4628 @end example
4629
4630 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4631
4632 @example
4633 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4634 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4635 @end example
4636
4637 @noindent
4638 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4639
4640 @example
4641 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4642 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4643 @end example
4644
4645 @node Error Reporting
4646 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4647 @cindex error reporting function
4648 @findex yyerror
4649 @cindex parse error
4650 @cindex syntax error
4651
4652 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4653 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4654 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4655 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4656 in Actions}).
4657
4658 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4659 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4660 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4661 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4662 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4663
4664 @findex %error-verbose
4665 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4666 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4667 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4668 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4669
4670 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4671 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4672 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4673 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4674 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4675 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4676
4677 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4678 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4679 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4680
4681 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4682
4683 @example
4684 @group
4685 void
4686 yyerror (char const *s)
4687 @{
4688 @end group
4689 @group
4690 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4691 @}
4692 @end group
4693 @end example
4694
4695 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4696 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4697 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4698 immediately return 1.
4699
4700 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4701 an access to the current location.
4702 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4703 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4704 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4705 @code{yyerror} are:
4706
4707 @example
4708 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4709 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4710 @end example
4711
4712 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4713
4714 @example
4715 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4716 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4717 @end example
4718
4719 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4720 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4721 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4722 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4723
4724 @example
4725 /* Location tracking. */
4726 %locations
4727 /* Pure yylex. */
4728 %pure-parser
4729 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4730 /* Pure yyparse. */
4731 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4732 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4733 @end example
4734
4735 @noindent
4736 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4737
4738 @example
4739 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4740 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4741 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4742 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4743 char const *msg);
4744 @end example
4745
4746 @noindent
4747 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4748 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4749 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4750 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4751 message is always passed last.
4752
4753 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4754 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4755 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4756 @code{yyerror}.
4757
4758 @vindex yynerrs
4759 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4760 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4761 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4762 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4763
4764 @node Action Features
4765 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4766 @cindex summary, action features
4767 @cindex action features summary
4768
4769 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4770 are useful in actions.
4771
4772 @deffn {Variable} $$
4773 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4774 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4775 @end deffn
4776
4777 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4778 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4779 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4780 @end deffn
4781
4782 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4783 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4784 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4785 Types of Values in Actions}.
4786 @end deffn
4787
4788 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4789 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4790 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4791 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4795 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4796 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4797 @end deffn
4798
4799 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4800 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4801 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4802 @end deffn
4803
4804 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4805 @findex YYBACKUP
4806 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4807 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4808 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4809 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4810 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4811 going to be reduced by this rule.
4812
4813 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4814 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4815 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4816 recovery.
4817
4818 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4819 @end deffn
4820
4821 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4822 @vindex YYEMPTY
4823 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4827 @vindex YYEOF
4828 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4829 stream.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4833 @findex YYERROR
4834 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4835 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4836 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4837 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4838 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4842 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4843 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4844 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4845 @end deffn
4846
4847 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4848 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4849 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4850 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4851 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4852 Actions}).
4853 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4854 @end deffn
4855
4856 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4857 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4858 error rules.
4859 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4860 Semantic Actions}).
4861 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4862 @end deffn
4863
4864 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4865 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4866 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4867 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4868 @end deffn
4869
4870 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4871 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4872 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4873 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4874 Actions}).
4875 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4879 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4880 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4881 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4882 Actions}).
4883 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4884 @end deffn
4885
4886 @deffn {Value} @@$
4887 @findex @@$
4888 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4889 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4890 Tracking Locations}.
4891
4892 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4893
4894 @c @example
4895 @c struct @{
4896 @c int first_line, last_line;
4897 @c int first_column, last_column;
4898 @c @};
4899 @c @end example
4900
4901 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4902 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4903
4904 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4905 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4906 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4907 @c those members.
4908
4909 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4910 @end deffn
4911
4912 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4913 @findex @@@var{n}
4914 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4915 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4916 Tracking Locations}.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @node Internationalization
4920 @section Parser Internationalization
4921 @cindex internationalization
4922 @cindex i18n
4923 @cindex NLS
4924 @cindex gettext
4925 @cindex bison-po
4926
4927 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4928 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4929 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4930 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4931 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4932 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4933 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4934 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4935 installation.
4936
4937 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4938 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4939 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4940 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4941
4942 @enumerate
4943 @item
4944 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4945 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4946 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4947 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4948 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4949 For example:
4950
4951 @example
4952 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4953 @end example
4954
4955 @item
4956 @findex BISON_I18N
4957 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4958 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4959 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4960 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4961 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4962 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4963 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4964 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4965 Bison-generated parser.
4966
4967 @item
4968 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4969 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4970 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4971 For example:
4972
4973 @example
4974 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4975 @end example
4976
4977 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4978 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4979 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
4980 @file{Makefile}.
4981
4982 @item
4983 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
4984 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
4985 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
4986
4987 @example
4988 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4989 @end example
4990
4991 or:
4992
4993 @example
4994 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
4995 @end example
4996
4997 @item
4998 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
4999 infrastructure.
5000 @end enumerate
5001
5002
5003 @node Algorithm
5004 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5005 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5006 @cindex algorithm of parser
5007 @cindex shifting
5008 @cindex reduction
5009 @cindex parser stack
5010 @cindex stack, parser
5011
5012 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5013 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5014 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5015
5016 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5017 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5018 that was shifted.
5019
5020 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5021 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5022 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5023 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5024 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5025 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5026 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5027
5028 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5029
5030 @example
5031 1 + 5 * 3
5032 @end example
5033
5034 @noindent
5035 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5036 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5037
5038 @example
5039 expr: expr '*' expr;
5040 @end example
5041
5042 @noindent
5043 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5044
5045 @example
5046 1 + 15
5047 @end example
5048
5049 @noindent
5050 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5051 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5052
5053 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5054 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5055 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5056
5057 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5058
5059 @menu
5060 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5061 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5062 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5063 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5064 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5065 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5066 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5067 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5068 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5069 @end menu
5070
5071 @node Look-Ahead
5072 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5073 @cindex look-ahead token
5074
5075 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5076 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5077 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5078 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5079 token in order to decide what to do.
5080
5081 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5082 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5083 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5084 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5085 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5086 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5087 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5088 application.
5089
5090 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5091 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5092 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5093
5094 @example
5095 @group
5096 expr: term '+' expr
5097 | term
5098 ;
5099 @end group
5100
5101 @group
5102 term: '(' expr ')'
5103 | term '!'
5104 | NUMBER
5105 ;
5106 @end group
5107 @end example
5108
5109 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5110 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5111 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5112 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5113 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5114
5115 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5116 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5117 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5118 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5119 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5120 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5121
5122 @vindex yychar
5123 @vindex yylval
5124 @vindex yylloc
5125 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5126 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5127 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5128 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5129
5130 @node Shift/Reduce
5131 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5132 @cindex conflicts
5133 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5134 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5135 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5136
5137 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5138 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5139
5140 @example
5141 @group
5142 if_stmt:
5143 IF expr THEN stmt
5144 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5145 ;
5146 @end group
5147 @end example
5148
5149 @noindent
5150 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5151 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5152
5153 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5154 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5155 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5156 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5157 rule.
5158
5159 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5160 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5161 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5162 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5163 contrast it with the other alternative.
5164
5165 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5166 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5167 equivalent:
5168
5169 @example
5170 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5171
5172 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5173 @end example
5174
5175 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5176 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5177 making these two inputs equivalent:
5178
5179 @example
5180 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5181
5182 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5183 @end example
5184
5185 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5186 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5187 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5188 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5189 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5190 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5191 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5192 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5193
5194 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5195 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5196 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5197 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5198
5199 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5200 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5201 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5202 conflict:
5203
5204 @example
5205 @group
5206 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5207 %%
5208 @end group
5209 @group
5210 stmt: expr
5211 | if_stmt
5212 ;
5213 @end group
5214
5215 @group
5216 if_stmt:
5217 IF expr THEN stmt
5218 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5219 ;
5220 @end group
5221
5222 expr: variable
5223 ;
5224 @end example
5225
5226 @node Precedence
5227 @section Operator Precedence
5228 @cindex operator precedence
5229 @cindex precedence of operators
5230
5231 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5232 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5233 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5234 shift and when to reduce.
5235
5236 @menu
5237 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5238 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5239 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5240 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5241 @end menu
5242
5243 @node Why Precedence
5244 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5245
5246 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5247 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5248
5249 @example
5250 @group
5251 expr: expr '-' expr
5252 | expr '*' expr
5253 | expr '<' expr
5254 | '(' expr ')'
5255 @dots{}
5256 ;
5257 @end group
5258 @end example
5259
5260 @noindent
5261 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5262 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5263 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5264 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5265 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5266 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5267 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5268 different results.
5269
5270 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5271 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5272 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5273 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5274 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5275 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5276 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5277 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5278 @samp{<}.
5279
5280 @cindex associativity
5281 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5282 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5283 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5284 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5285 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5286 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5287 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5288 makes right-associativity.
5289
5290 @node Using Precedence
5291 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5292 @findex %left
5293 @findex %right
5294 @findex %nonassoc
5295
5296 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5297 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5298 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5299 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5300 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5301 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5302 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5303 row''.
5304
5305 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5306 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5307 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5308 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5309 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5310
5311 @node Precedence Examples
5312 @subsection Precedence Examples
5313
5314 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5315
5316 @example
5317 %left '<'
5318 %left '-'
5319 %left '*'
5320 @end example
5321
5322 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5323 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5324 declared with @code{'-'}:
5325
5326 @example
5327 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5328 %left '+' '-'
5329 %left '*' '/'
5330 @end example
5331
5332 @noindent
5333 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5334 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5335 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5336
5337 @node How Precedence
5338 @subsection How Precedence Works
5339
5340 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5341 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5342 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5343 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5344 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5345 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5346
5347 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5348 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5349 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5350 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5351 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5352 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5353 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5354 resolved.
5355
5356 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5357 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5358
5359 @node Contextual Precedence
5360 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5361 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5362 @cindex unary operator precedence
5363 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5364 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5365 @findex %prec
5366
5367 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5368 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5369 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5370 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5371
5372 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5373 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5374 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5375 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5376 modifier for rules.
5377
5378 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5379 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5380 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5381 modifier's syntax is:
5382
5383 @example
5384 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5385 @end example
5386
5387 @noindent
5388 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5389 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5390 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5391 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5392 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5393
5394 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5395 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5396 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5397 precedence:
5398
5399 @example
5400 @dots{}
5401 %left '+' '-'
5402 %left '*'
5403 %left UMINUS
5404 @end example
5405
5406 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5407
5408 @example
5409 @group
5410 exp: @dots{}
5411 | exp '-' exp
5412 @dots{}
5413 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5414 @end group
5415 @end example
5416
5417 @ifset defaultprec
5418 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5419 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5420 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5421 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5422
5423 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5424 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5425 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5426 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5427
5428 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5429 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5430 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5431 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5432 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5433 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5434
5435 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5436 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5437 @end ifset
5438
5439 @node Parser States
5440 @section Parser States
5441 @cindex finite-state machine
5442 @cindex parser state
5443 @cindex state (of parser)
5444
5445 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5446 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5447 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5448 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5449 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5450
5451 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5452 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5453 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5454 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5455 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5456 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5457 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5458 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5459 pushed.
5460
5461 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5462 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5463 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5464
5465 @node Reduce/Reduce
5466 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5467 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5468 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5469
5470 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5471 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5472 in the grammar.
5473
5474 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5475 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5476
5477 @example
5478 sequence: /* empty */
5479 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5480 | maybeword
5481 | sequence word
5482 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5483 ;
5484
5485 maybeword: /* empty */
5486 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5487 | word
5488 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5489 ;
5490 @end example
5491
5492 @noindent
5493 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5494 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5495 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5496 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5497 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5498 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5499
5500 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5501 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5502 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5503
5504 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5505 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5506 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5507 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5508 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5509
5510 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5511 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5512 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5513 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5514
5515 @example
5516 sequence: /* empty */
5517 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5518 | sequence word
5519 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5520 ;
5521 @end example
5522
5523 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5524
5525 @example
5526 sequence: /* empty */
5527 | sequence words
5528 | sequence redirects
5529 ;
5530
5531 words: /* empty */
5532 | words word
5533 ;
5534
5535 redirects:/* empty */
5536 | redirects redirect
5537 ;
5538 @end example
5539
5540 @noindent
5541 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5542 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5543 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5544 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5545 in infinitely many ways!
5546
5547 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5548 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5549 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5550 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5551
5552 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5553 of sequence:
5554
5555 @example
5556 sequence: /* empty */
5557 | sequence word
5558 | sequence redirect
5559 ;
5560 @end example
5561
5562 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5563 from being empty:
5564
5565 @example
5566 sequence: /* empty */
5567 | sequence words
5568 | sequence redirects
5569 ;
5570
5571 words: word
5572 | words word
5573 ;
5574
5575 redirects:redirect
5576 | redirects redirect
5577 ;
5578 @end example
5579
5580 @node Mystery Conflicts
5581 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5582
5583 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5584 Here is an example:
5585
5586 @example
5587 @group
5588 %token ID
5589
5590 %%
5591 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5592 ;
5593 param_spec:
5594 type
5595 | name_list ':' type
5596 ;
5597 @end group
5598 @group
5599 return_spec:
5600 type
5601 | name ':' type
5602 ;
5603 @end group
5604 @group
5605 type: ID
5606 ;
5607 @end group
5608 @group
5609 name: ID
5610 ;
5611 name_list:
5612 name
5613 | name ',' name_list
5614 ;
5615 @end group
5616 @end example
5617
5618 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5619 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5620 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5621 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5622
5623 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5624 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5625 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5626 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5627 an @code{ID}
5628 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5629 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5630 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5631 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5632 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5633 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5634 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5635 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5636 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5637
5638 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5639 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5640 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5641 and tend to
5642 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5643 as it is now.
5644
5645 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5646 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5647 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5648 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5649
5650 @example
5651 @group
5652 %token BOGUS
5653 @dots{}
5654 %%
5655 @dots{}
5656 return_spec:
5657 type
5658 | name ':' type
5659 /* This rule is never used. */
5660 | ID BOGUS
5661 ;
5662 @end group
5663 @end example
5664
5665 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5666 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5667 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5668 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5669 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5670 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5671
5672 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5673 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5674 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5675 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5676 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5677 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5678
5679 @example
5680 param_spec:
5681 type
5682 | name_list ':' type
5683 ;
5684 return_spec:
5685 type
5686 | ID ':' type
5687 ;
5688 @end example
5689
5690 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5691 generators, please see:
5692 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5693 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5694 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5695 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5696
5697 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5698 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5699 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5700 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5701 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5702 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5703
5704 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5705 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5706 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5707 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5708 context-free languages.
5709 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5710 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5711 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5712 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5713 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5714 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5715 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5716 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5717
5718 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5719 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5720 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5721 parser uses the same basic
5722 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5723 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5724 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5725 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5726 situation, it
5727 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5728 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5729 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5730 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5731 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5732
5733 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5734 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5735 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5736 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5737 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5738 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5739 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5740 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5741 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5742 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5743 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5744 stream.
5745
5746 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5747 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5748 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5749 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5750 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5751 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5752 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5753 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5754 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5755 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5756 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5757 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5758
5759 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5760 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5761 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5762 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5763 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5764 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5765 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5766 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5767 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5768 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5769 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5770 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5771 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5772 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5773 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5774 Bison parser.
5775
5776 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5777 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5778 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5779 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5780 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5781 (2000-12-24).
5782
5783 @node Memory Management
5784 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5785 @cindex memory exhaustion
5786 @cindex memory management
5787 @cindex stack overflow
5788 @cindex parser stack overflow
5789 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5790
5791 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5792 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5793 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5794
5795 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5796 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5797 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5798
5799 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5800 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5801 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5802 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5803 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5804
5805 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5806 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5807 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5808 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5809 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5810 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5811
5812 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5813 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5814 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5815 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5816
5817 @cindex default stack limit
5818 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5819 10000.
5820
5821 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5822 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5823 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5824 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5825 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5826 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5827
5828 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5829
5830 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5831 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5832 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5833 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5834 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5835 this deficiency in a future release.
5836
5837 @node Error Recovery
5838 @chapter Error Recovery
5839 @cindex error recovery
5840 @cindex recovery from errors
5841
5842 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5843 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5844 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5845 another expression.
5846
5847 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5848 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5849 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5850 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5851 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5852 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5853 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5854
5855 @findex error
5856 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5857 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5858 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5859 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5860 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5861 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5862
5863 For example:
5864
5865 @example
5866 stmnts: /* empty string */
5867 | stmnts '\n'
5868 | stmnts exp '\n'
5869 | stmnts error '\n'
5870 @end example
5871
5872 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5873 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5874
5875 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5876 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5877 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5878 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5879 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5880 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5881 applicable in the ordinary way.
5882
5883 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5884 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5885 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5886 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5887 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5888 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5889 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5890 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5891 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5892 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5893 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5894 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5895
5896 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5897 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5898 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5899
5900 @example
5901 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5902 @end example
5903
5904 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5905 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5906 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5907 spurious error message:
5908
5909 @example
5910 primary: '(' expr ')'
5911 | '(' error ')'
5912 @dots{}
5913 ;
5914 @end example
5915
5916 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5917 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5918 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5919 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5920 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5921 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5922 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5923 @code{stmnt}.
5924
5925 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5926 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5927 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5928 error messages resume.
5929
5930 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5931 as any other rules can.
5932
5933 @findex yyerrok
5934 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5935 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5936 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5937 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5938
5939 @findex yyclearin
5940 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5941 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5942 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5943 action.
5944 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5945
5946 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5947 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5948 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5949 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5950 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5951
5952 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5953 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5954 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5955 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5956 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5957
5958 @node Context Dependency
5959 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5960
5961 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5962 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5963 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5964 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5965 languages.
5966
5967 @menu
5968 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5969 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5970 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5971 error recovery rules must be written.
5972 @end menu
5973
5974 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5975 neither clean nor robust.)
5976
5977 @node Semantic Tokens
5978 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5979
5980 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
5981 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
5982
5983 @example
5984 foo (x);
5985 @end example
5986
5987 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
5988 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
5989 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
5990
5991 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
5992 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
5993 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
5994 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
5995 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
5996
5997 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
5998 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
5999 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6000 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6001 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6002 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6003 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6004
6005 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6006 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6007 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6008 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6009 earlier:
6010
6011 @example
6012 typedef int foo, bar;
6013 int baz (void)
6014 @{
6015 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6016 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6017 return foo (bar);
6018 @}
6019 @end example
6020
6021 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6022 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6023
6024 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6025 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6026 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6027 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6028 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6029
6030 @example
6031 initdcl:
6032 declarator maybeasm '='
6033 init
6034 | declarator maybeasm
6035 ;
6036
6037 notype_initdcl:
6038 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6039 init
6040 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6041 ;
6042 @end example
6043
6044 @noindent
6045 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6046 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6047 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6048
6049 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6050 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6051 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6052 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6053 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6054 the syntactic context.
6055
6056 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6057 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6058 @cindex lexical tie-in
6059
6060 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6061 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6062 parsed.
6063
6064 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6065 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6066 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6067 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6068 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6069
6070 @example
6071 @group
6072 %@{
6073 int hexflag;
6074 int yylex (void);
6075 void yyerror (char const *);
6076 %@}
6077 %%
6078 @dots{}
6079 @end group
6080 @group
6081 expr: IDENTIFIER
6082 | constant
6083 | HEX '('
6084 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6085 expr ')'
6086 @{ hexflag = 0;
6087 $$ = $4; @}
6088 | expr '+' expr
6089 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6090 @dots{}
6091 ;
6092 @end group
6093
6094 @group
6095 constant:
6096 INTEGER
6097 | STRING
6098 ;
6099 @end group
6100 @end example
6101
6102 @noindent
6103 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6104 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6105 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6106
6107 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6108 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6109 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6110
6111 @node Tie-in Recovery
6112 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6113
6114 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6115 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6116
6117 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6118 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6119 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6120 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6121
6122 @example
6123 stmt: expr ';'
6124 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6125 @dots{}
6126 error ';'
6127 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6128 ;
6129 @end example
6130
6131 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6132 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6133 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6134 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6135 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6136
6137 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6138
6139 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6140 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6141 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6142
6143 @example
6144 @group
6145 expr: @dots{}
6146 | '(' expr ')'
6147 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6148 | '(' error ')'
6149 @dots{}
6150 @end group
6151 @end example
6152
6153 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6154 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6155 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6156 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6157
6158 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6159 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6160 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6161 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6162 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6163 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6164 clear the flag.
6165
6166 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6167
6168 @node Debugging
6169 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6170
6171 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6172 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6173 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6174 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6175 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6176 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6177
6178 @menu
6179 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6180 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6181 @end menu
6182
6183 @node Understanding
6184 @section Understanding Your Parser
6185
6186 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6187 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6188 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6189 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6190 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6191 file).
6192
6193 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6194 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6195 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6196 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6197 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6198 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6199 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6200
6201 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6202
6203 @example
6204 %token NUM STR
6205 %left '+' '-'
6206 %left '*'
6207 %%
6208 exp: exp '+' exp
6209 | exp '-' exp
6210 | exp '*' exp
6211 | exp '/' exp
6212 | NUM
6213 ;
6214 useless: STR;
6215 %%
6216 @end example
6217
6218 @command{bison} reports:
6219
6220 @example
6221 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6222 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6223 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6224 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6225 @end example
6226
6227 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6228 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6229 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6230 interpretation is the same.
6231
6232 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6233 to precedence and/or associativity:
6234
6235 @example
6236 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6237 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6238 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6239 @exdent @dots{}
6240 @end example
6241
6242 @noindent
6243 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6244
6245 @example
6246 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6247 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6248 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6249 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6250 @end example
6251
6252 @noindent
6253 @cindex token, useless
6254 @cindex useless token
6255 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6256 @cindex useless nonterminal
6257 @cindex rule, useless
6258 @cindex useless rule
6259 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6260 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6261 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6262 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6263 below):
6264
6265 @example
6266 Useless nonterminals:
6267 useless
6268
6269 Terminals which are not used:
6270 STR
6271
6272 Useless rules:
6273 #6 useless: STR;
6274 @end example
6275
6276 @noindent
6277 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6278
6279 @example
6280 Grammar
6281
6282 Number, Line, Rule
6283 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6284 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6285 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6286 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6287 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6288 5 9 exp -> NUM
6289 @end example
6290
6291 @noindent
6292 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6293
6294 @example
6295 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6296
6297 $end (0) 0
6298 '*' (42) 3
6299 '+' (43) 1
6300 '-' (45) 2
6301 '/' (47) 4
6302 error (256)
6303 NUM (258) 5
6304
6305 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6306
6307 $accept (8)
6308 on left: 0
6309 exp (9)
6310 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6311 @end example
6312
6313 @noindent
6314 @cindex item
6315 @cindex pointed rule
6316 @cindex rule, pointed
6317 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6318 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6319 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6320 that the input cursor.
6321
6322 @example
6323 state 0
6324
6325 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6326
6327 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6328
6329 exp go to state 2
6330 @end example
6331
6332 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6333 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6334 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6335 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6336 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6337 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6338 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6339 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6340
6341 @cindex core, item set
6342 @cindex item set core
6343 @cindex kernel, item set
6344 @cindex item set core
6345 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6346 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6347 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6348 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6349 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6350 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6351 be derived:
6352
6353 @example
6354 state 0
6355
6356 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6357 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6358 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6359 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6360 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6361 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6362
6363 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6364
6365 exp go to state 2
6366 @end example
6367
6368 @noindent
6369 In the state 1...
6370
6371 @example
6372 state 1
6373
6374 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6375
6376 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6377 @end example
6378
6379 @noindent
6380 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6381 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6382 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6383 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6384
6385 @example
6386 state 2
6387
6388 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6389 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6390 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6391 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6392 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6393
6394 $ shift, and go to state 3
6395 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6396 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6397 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6398 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6399 @end example
6400
6401 @noindent
6402 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6403 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6404 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6405 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6406 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6407 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6408
6409 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6410 state}:
6411
6412 @example
6413 state 3
6414
6415 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6416
6417 $default accept
6418 @end example
6419
6420 @noindent
6421 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6422 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6423
6424 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6425 the reader.
6426
6427 @example
6428 state 4
6429
6430 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6431
6432 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6433
6434 exp go to state 8
6435
6436 state 5
6437
6438 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6439
6440 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6441
6442 exp go to state 9
6443
6444 state 6
6445
6446 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6447
6448 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6449
6450 exp go to state 10
6451
6452 state 7
6453
6454 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6455
6456 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6457
6458 exp go to state 11
6459 @end example
6460
6461 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6462 1 shift/reduce}:
6463
6464 @example
6465 state 8
6466
6467 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6468 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6469 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6470 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6471 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6472
6473 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6474 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6475
6476 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6477 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6478 @end example
6479
6480 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6481 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6482 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6483 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6484 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6485 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6486 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6487 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6488
6489 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6490 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6491 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6492 square brackets.
6493
6494 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6495 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6496 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6497 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6498 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6499 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6500 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6501 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6502 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6503 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6504 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6505 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6506
6507 @example
6508 state 8
6509
6510 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6511 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6512 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6513 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6514 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6515
6516 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6517 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6518
6519 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6520 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6521 @end example
6522
6523 The remaining states are similar:
6524
6525 @example
6526 state 9
6527
6528 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6529 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6530 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6531 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6532 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6533
6534 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6535 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6536
6537 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6538 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6539
6540 state 10
6541
6542 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6543 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6544 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6545 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6546 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6547
6548 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6549
6550 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6551 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6552
6553 state 11
6554
6555 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6556 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6557 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6558 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6559 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6560
6561 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6562 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6563 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6564 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6565
6566 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6567 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6568 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6569 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6570 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6571 @end example
6572
6573 @noindent
6574 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6575 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6576 @samp{*}, but also because the
6577 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6578
6579
6580 @node Tracing
6581 @section Tracing Your Parser
6582 @findex yydebug
6583 @cindex debugging
6584 @cindex tracing the parser
6585
6586 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6587 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6588
6589 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6590
6591 @table @asis
6592 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6593 @findex YYDEBUG
6594 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6595 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6596 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6597 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6598 Prologue}).
6599
6600 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6601 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6602 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6603
6604 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6605 @findex %debug
6606 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6607 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6608 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6609 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6610 you, this is
6611 the preferred solution.
6612 @end table
6613
6614 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6615 always possible.
6616
6617 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6618 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6619 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6620 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6621 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6622 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6623
6624 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6625 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6626 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6627 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6628
6629 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6630 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6631 messages tell you these things:
6632
6633 @itemize @bullet
6634 @item
6635 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6636
6637 @item
6638 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6639 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6640
6641 @item
6642 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6643 of the state stack afterward.
6644 @end itemize
6645
6646 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6647 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6648 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6649 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6650 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6651 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6652 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6653 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6654 grammar are to blame.
6655
6656 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6657 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6658 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6659 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6660 the grammar it is working.
6661
6662 @findex YYPRINT
6663 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6664 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6665 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6666 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6667 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6668 value (from @code{yylval}).
6669
6670 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6671 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6672
6673 @smallexample
6674 %@{
6675 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6676 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6677 %@}
6678
6679 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6680
6681 static void
6682 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6683 @{
6684 if (type == VAR)
6685 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6686 else if (type == NUM)
6687 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6688 @}
6689 @end smallexample
6690
6691 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6692
6693 @node Invocation
6694 @chapter Invoking Bison
6695 @cindex invoking Bison
6696 @cindex Bison invocation
6697 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6698
6699 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6700
6701 @example
6702 bison @var{infile}
6703 @end example
6704
6705 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6706 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6707 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6708 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6709 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6710 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6711 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6712 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6713 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6714 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6715 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6716 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6717
6718 For example :
6719
6720 @example
6721 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6722 @end example
6723 @noindent
6724 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6725
6726 @example
6727 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6728 @end example
6729 @noindent
6730 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6731
6732 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6733 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6734 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6735
6736 @menu
6737 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6738 in alphabetical order by short options.
6739 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6740 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6741 @end menu
6742
6743 @node Bison Options
6744 @section Bison Options
6745
6746 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6747 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6748 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6749 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6750 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6751 @samp{=}.
6752
6753 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6754 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6755 option.
6756
6757 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6758 @noindent
6759 Operations modes:
6760 @table @option
6761 @item -h
6762 @itemx --help
6763 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6764
6765 @item -V
6766 @itemx --version
6767 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6768
6769 @item --print-localedir
6770 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6771
6772 @item -y
6773 @itemx --yacc
6774 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6775 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6776 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6777 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6778 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6779 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6780 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6781 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6782
6783 @example
6784 #! /bin/sh
6785 bison -y "$@@"
6786 @end example
6787
6788 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6789 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6790 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6791 this option is specified.
6792
6793 @end table
6794
6795 @noindent
6796 Tuning the parser:
6797
6798 @table @option
6799 @item -S @var{file}
6800 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6801 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6802 you are developing Bison.
6803
6804 @item -t
6805 @itemx --debug
6806 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6807 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6808 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6809
6810 @item --locations
6811 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6812
6813 @item -p @var{prefix}
6814 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6815 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6816 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6817
6818 @item -l
6819 @itemx --no-lines
6820 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6821 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6822 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6823 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6824 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6825
6826 @item -n
6827 @itemx --no-parser
6828 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6829
6830 @item -k
6831 @itemx --token-table
6832 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6833 @end table
6834
6835 @noindent
6836 Adjust the output:
6837
6838 @table @option
6839 @item -d
6840 @itemx --defines
6841 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6842 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6843 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6844
6845 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6846 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6847
6848 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6849 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6850 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6851 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6852
6853 @item -r @var{things}
6854 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6855 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6856 separated list of @var{things} among:
6857
6858 @table @code
6859 @item state
6860 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6861 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6862
6863 @item look-ahead
6864 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6865 each rule's look-ahead set.
6866
6867 @item itemset
6868 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6869 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6870 @end table
6871
6872 For instance, on the following grammar
6873
6874 @item -v
6875 @itemx --verbose
6876 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6877 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6878 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6879
6880 @item -o @var{file}
6881 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6882 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6883
6884 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6885 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6886
6887 @item -g
6888 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6889 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6890 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6891 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6892
6893 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6894 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6895 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6896 the output graph file.
6897 @end table
6898
6899 @node Option Cross Key
6900 @section Option Cross Key
6901
6902 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6903 the corresponding short option.
6904
6905 @tex
6906 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6907
6908 {\tt
6909 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6910 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6911 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6912 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6913 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6914 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6915 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6916 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6917 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6918 \line{ --print-localedir}
6919 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6920 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6921 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6922 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6923 }
6924 @end tex
6925
6926 @ifinfo
6927 @example
6928 --debug -t
6929 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6930 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6931 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6932 --help -h
6933 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6934 --no-lines -l
6935 --no-parser -n
6936 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6937 --print-localedir
6938 --token-table -k
6939 --verbose -v
6940 --version -V
6941 --yacc -y
6942 @end example
6943 @end ifinfo
6944
6945 @node Yacc Library
6946 @section Yacc Library
6947
6948 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6949 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6950 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6951 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6952 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6953 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6954 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6955
6956 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6957 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6958
6959 @example
6960 int yyerror (char const *);
6961 @end example
6962
6963 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6964 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6965 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6966
6967 @example
6968 int yyparse (void);
6969 @end example
6970
6971 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6972
6973 @node C++ Language Interface
6974 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6975
6976 @menu
6977 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6978 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6979 @end menu
6980
6981 @node C++ Parsers
6982 @section C++ Parsers
6983
6984 @menu
6985 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
6986 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
6987 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
6988 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
6989 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
6990 @end menu
6991
6992 @node C++ Bison Interface
6993 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
6994 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
6995 @c - Always pure
6996 @c - initial action
6997
6998 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
6999 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
7000 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7001 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7002 files:
7003 @table @file
7004 @item position.hh
7005 @itemx location.hh
7006 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7007 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7008
7009 @item stack.hh
7010 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7011
7012 @item @var{file}.hh
7013 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7014 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7015 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7016 rules as with regular C parsers.
7017
7018 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7019 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7020 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7021 @samp{%defines} directive.
7022 @end table
7023
7024 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7025 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7026
7027 @node C++ Semantic Values
7028 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7029 @c - No objects in unions
7030 @c - YSTYPE
7031 @c - Printer and destructor
7032
7033 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7034 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7035 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7036 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7037 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7038 @itemize @minus
7039 @item
7040 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7041 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7042 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7043 @item
7044 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7045 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7046 to such objects are allowed.
7047 @end itemize
7048
7049 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7050 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7051 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7052 Symbols}.
7053
7054
7055 @node C++ Location Values
7056 @subsection C++ Location Values
7057 @c - %locations
7058 @c - class Position
7059 @c - class Location
7060 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7061
7062 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7063 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7064 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7065 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7066 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7067
7068 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7069 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7070 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7071 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7072 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7073 @end deftypemethod
7074
7075 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7076 The line, starting at 1.
7077 @end deftypemethod
7078
7079 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7080 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7081 @end deftypemethod
7082
7083 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7084 The column, starting at 0.
7085 @end deftypemethod
7086
7087 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7088 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7089 @end deftypemethod
7090
7091 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7092 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7093 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7094 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7095 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7096 @end deftypemethod
7097
7098 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7099 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7100 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7101 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7102 @end deftypemethod
7103
7104 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7105 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7106 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7107 @end deftypemethod
7108
7109 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7110 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7111 Advance the @code{end} position.
7112 @end deftypemethod
7113
7114 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7115 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7116 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7117 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7118 @end deftypemethod
7119
7120 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7121 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7122 @end deftypemethod
7123
7124
7125 @node C++ Parser Interface
7126 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7127 @c - define parser_class_name
7128 @c - Ctor
7129 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7130 @c debug_stream.
7131 @c - Reporting errors
7132
7133 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7134 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7135 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7136 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7137 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7138 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7139 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7140 additional argument for its constructor.
7141
7142 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7143 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7144 The types for semantics value and locations.
7145 @end defcv
7146
7147 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7148 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7149 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7150 @end deftypemethod
7151
7152 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7153 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7154 @end deftypemethod
7155
7156 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7157 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7158 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7159 @code{std::cerr}.
7160 @end deftypemethod
7161
7162 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7163 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7164 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7165 or nonzero, full tracing.
7166 @end deftypemethod
7167
7168 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7169 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7170 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7171 described by @var{m}.
7172 @end deftypemethod
7173
7174
7175 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7176 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7177 @c - prefix for yylex.
7178 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7179 @c - %lex-param
7180
7181 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7182 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7183 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7184
7185 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7186 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7187 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7188 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7189 @end deftypemethod
7190
7191
7192 @node A Complete C++ Example
7193 @section A Complete C++ Example
7194
7195 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7196 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7197 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7198 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7199 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7200 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7201 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7202 actually easier to interface with.
7203
7204 @menu
7205 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7206 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7207 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7208 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7209 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7210 @end menu
7211
7212 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7213 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7214
7215 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7216 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7217 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7218 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7219 of valid input follows.
7220
7221 @example
7222 three := 3
7223 seven := one + two * three
7224 seven * seven
7225 @end example
7226
7227 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7228 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7229 @c - An env
7230 @c - A place to store error messages
7231 @c - A place for the result
7232
7233 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7234 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7235 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7236 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7237 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7238 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7239 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7240
7241 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7242 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7243 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7244 class.
7245
7246 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7247 @example
7248 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7249 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7250 # include <string>
7251 # include <map>
7252 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7253 @end example
7254
7255
7256 @noindent
7257 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7258 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7259 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7260 factor both as follows.
7261
7262 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7263 @example
7264 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7265 # define YY_DECL \
7266 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7267 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7268 calcxx_driver& driver)
7269 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7270 YY_DECL;
7271 @end example
7272
7273 @noindent
7274 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7275 members.
7276
7277 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7278 @example
7279 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7280 class calcxx_driver
7281 @{
7282 public:
7283 calcxx_driver ();
7284 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7285
7286 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7287
7288 int result;
7289 @end example
7290
7291 @noindent
7292 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7293 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7294 members.
7295
7296 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7297 @example
7298 // Handling the scanner.
7299 void scan_begin ();
7300 void scan_end ();
7301 bool trace_scanning;
7302 @end example
7303
7304 @noindent
7305 Similarly for the parser itself.
7306
7307 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7308 @example
7309 // Handling the parser.
7310 void parse (const std::string& f);
7311 std::string file;
7312 bool trace_parsing;
7313 @end example
7314
7315 @noindent
7316 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7317 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7318 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7319 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7320
7321 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7322 @example
7323 // Error handling.
7324 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7325 void error (const std::string& m);
7326 @};
7327 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7328 @end example
7329
7330 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7331 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7332 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7333 messages and set error state.
7334
7335 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7336 @example
7337 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7338 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7339
7340 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7341 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7342 @{
7343 variables["one"] = 1;
7344 variables["two"] = 2;
7345 @}
7346
7347 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7348 @{
7349 @}
7350
7351 void
7352 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7353 @{
7354 file = f;
7355 scan_begin ();
7356 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7357 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7358 parser.parse ();
7359 scan_end ();
7360 @}
7361
7362 void
7363 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7364 @{
7365 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7366 @}
7367
7368 void
7369 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7370 @{
7371 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7372 @}
7373 @end example
7374
7375 @node Calc++ Parser
7376 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7377
7378 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7379 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7380 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7381 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7382 the grammar for.
7383
7384 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7385 @example
7386 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7387 %require "2.1a"
7388 %defines
7389 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7390 @end example
7391
7392 @noindent
7393 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7394 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7395 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7396 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7397 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7398 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7399
7400 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7401 @example
7402 %@{
7403 # include <string>
7404 class calcxx_driver;
7405 %@}
7406 @end example
7407
7408 @noindent
7409 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7410 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7411 global variables.
7412
7413 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7414 @example
7415 // The parsing context.
7416 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7417 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7418 @end example
7419
7420 @noindent
7421 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7422 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7423 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7424 automatically propagated.
7425
7426 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7427 @example
7428 %locations
7429 %initial-action
7430 @{
7431 // Initialize the initial location.
7432 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7433 @};
7434 @end example
7435
7436 @noindent
7437 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7438 error messages.
7439
7440 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7441 @example
7442 %debug
7443 %error-verbose
7444 @end example
7445
7446 @noindent
7447 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7448 them.
7449
7450 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7451 @example
7452 // Symbols.
7453 %union
7454 @{
7455 int ival;
7456 std::string *sval;
7457 @};
7458 @end example
7459
7460 @noindent
7461 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7462 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7463 knowledge about the driver.
7464
7465 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7466 @example
7467 %@{
7468 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7469 %@}
7470 @end example
7471
7472
7473 @noindent
7474 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7475 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7476 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7477 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7478 avoid name clashes.
7479
7480 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7481 @example
7482 %token END 0 "end of file"
7483 %token ASSIGN ":="
7484 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7485 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7486 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7487 @end example
7488
7489 @noindent
7490 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7491 @code{%destructor}.
7492
7493 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7494 @example
7495 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7496 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7497
7498 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7499 @end example
7500
7501 @noindent
7502 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7503
7504 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7505 @example
7506 %%
7507 %start unit;
7508 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7509
7510 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7511 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7512
7513 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7514
7515 %left '+' '-';
7516 %left '*' '/';
7517 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7518 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7519 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7520 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7521 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7522 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7523 %%
7524 @end example
7525
7526 @noindent
7527 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7528 driver.
7529
7530 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7531 @example
7532 void
7533 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7534 const std::string& m)
7535 @{
7536 driver.error (l, m);
7537 @}
7538 @end example
7539
7540 @node Calc++ Scanner
7541 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7542
7543 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7544 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7545
7546 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7547 @example
7548 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7549 # include <cstdlib>
7550 # include <errno.h>
7551 # include <limits.h>
7552 # include <string>
7553 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7554 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7555 %@}
7556 @end example
7557
7558 @noindent
7559 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7560 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7561 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7562 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7563
7564 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7565 @example
7566 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7567 @end example
7568
7569 @noindent
7570 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7571
7572 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7573 @example
7574 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7575 int [0-9]+
7576 blank [ \t]
7577 @end example
7578
7579 @noindent
7580 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7581 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7582 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7583 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7584 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7585 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7586 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7587
7588 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7589 @example
7590 %@{
7591 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7592 %@}
7593 %%
7594 %@{
7595 yylloc->step ();
7596 %@}
7597 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7598 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7599 @end example
7600
7601 @noindent
7602 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7603 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7604 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7605 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7606
7607 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7608 @example
7609 %@{
7610 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7611 %@}
7612
7613 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7614 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7615 @{int@} @{
7616 errno = 0;
7617 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7618 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7619 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7620 yylval->ival = n;
7621 return token::NUMBER;
7622 @}
7623 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7624 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7625 %%
7626 @end example
7627
7628 @noindent
7629 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7630 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7631
7632 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7633 @example
7634 void
7635 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7636 @{
7637 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7638 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7639 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7640 @}
7641
7642 void
7643 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7644 @{
7645 fclose (yyin);
7646 @}
7647 @end example
7648
7649 @node Calc++ Top Level
7650 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7651
7652 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7653
7654 @comment file: calc++.cc
7655 @example
7656 #include <iostream>
7657 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7658
7659 int
7660 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7661 @{
7662 calcxx_driver driver;
7663 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7664 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7665 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7666 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7667 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7668 else
7669 @{
7670 driver.parse (*argv);
7671 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7672 @}
7673 @}
7674 @end example
7675
7676 @c ================================================= FAQ
7677
7678 @node FAQ
7679 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7680 @cindex frequently asked questions
7681 @cindex questions
7682
7683 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7684 are addressed.
7685
7686 @menu
7687 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7688 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7689 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7690 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7691 @end menu
7692
7693 @node Memory Exhausted
7694 @section Memory Exhausted
7695
7696 @display
7697 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7698 message. What can I do?
7699 @end display
7700
7701 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7702 ,Recursive Rules}.
7703
7704 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7705 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7706
7707 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7708 following typical questions:
7709
7710 @display
7711 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7712 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7713 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7714 @end display
7715
7716 @noindent
7717 or
7718
7719 @display
7720 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7721 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7722 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7723 @end display
7724
7725 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7726 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7727 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7728 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7729 @file{first-line.l}:
7730
7731 @verbatim
7732 %{
7733 #include <stdio.h>
7734 #include <stdlib.h>
7735 %}
7736 %%
7737 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7738 %%
7739 int
7740 yyparse (char const *file)
7741 {
7742 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7743 if (!yyin)
7744 exit (2);
7745 /* One token only. */
7746 yylex ();
7747 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7748 exit (3);
7749 return 0;
7750 }
7751
7752 int
7753 main (void)
7754 {
7755 yyparse ("input");
7756 yyparse ("input");
7757 return 0;
7758 }
7759 @end verbatim
7760
7761 @noindent
7762 If the file @file{input} contains
7763
7764 @verbatim
7765 input:1: Hello,
7766 input:2: World!
7767 @end verbatim
7768
7769 @noindent
7770 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7771
7772 @example
7773 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7774 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7775 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7776 input:1: Hello,
7777 input:2: World!
7778 @end example
7779
7780 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7781 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7782 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7783 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7784 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7785 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7786 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7787 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7788 input buffers.
7789
7790 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7791 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7792 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7793 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7794
7795 @node Strings are Destroyed
7796 @section Strings are Destroyed
7797
7798 @display
7799 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7800 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7801 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7802 @end display
7803
7804 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7805 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7806 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7807
7808 @verbatim
7809 %{
7810 #include <stdio.h>
7811 char *yylval = NULL;
7812 %}
7813 %%
7814 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7815 \n /* IGNORE */
7816 %%
7817 int
7818 main ()
7819 {
7820 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7821 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7822 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7823 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7824 return 0;
7825 }
7826 @end verbatim
7827
7828 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7829
7830 @example
7831 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7832 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7833 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7834 "one
7835 two", "two"
7836 @end example
7837
7838 @noindent
7839 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7840 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7841 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7842 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7843 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7844 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7845
7846 @example
7847 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7848 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7849 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7850 "two", "two"
7851 @end example
7852
7853
7854 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7855 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7856
7857 @display
7858 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7859 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7860 @end display
7861
7862 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7863 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7864 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7865 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7866 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7867 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7868 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7869
7870 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7871 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7872 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7873 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7874 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7875 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7876 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7877 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7878 compiler.
7879
7880 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7881 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7882
7883
7884
7885 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7886
7887 @node Table of Symbols
7888 @appendix Bison Symbols
7889 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7890 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7891
7892 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7893 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7894 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7895 @end deffn
7896
7897 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7898 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7899 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7900 @end deffn
7901
7902 @deffn {Variable} $$
7903 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7904 @xref{Actions}.
7905 @end deffn
7906
7907 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7908 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7909 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7910 @end deffn
7911
7912 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7913 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7914 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7915 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7916 @end deffn
7917
7918 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7919 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7920 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7921 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7922 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7923 Grammar}.
7924 @end deffn
7925
7926 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7927 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7928 @end deffn
7929
7930 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7931 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7932 Grammar Rules}.
7933 @end deffn
7934
7935 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7936 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7937 @end deffn
7938
7939 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7940 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7941 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7942 @end deffn
7943
7944 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7945 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7946 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7947 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7948 @end deffn
7949
7950 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7951 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7952 @end deffn
7953
7954 @ifset defaultprec
7955 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7956 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7957 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7958 Precedence}.
7959 @end deffn
7960 @end ifset
7961
7962 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7963 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7964 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7965 @end deffn
7966
7967 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7968 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7969 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7970 @end deffn
7971
7972 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7973 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7974 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7975 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7976 @end deffn
7977
7978 @deffn {Symbol} $end
7979 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
7980 used in the grammar.
7981 @end deffn
7982
7983 @deffn {Symbol} error
7984 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
7985 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
7986 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
7987 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
7988 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
7989 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
7990 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
7991 @xref{Error Recovery}.
7992 @end deffn
7993
7994 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
7995 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
7996 when @code{yyerror} is called.
7997 @end deffn
7998
7999 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8000 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8001 Summary}.
8002 @end deffn
8003
8004 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8005 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8006 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8007 @end deffn
8008
8009 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8010 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8011 @end deffn
8012
8013 @deffn {Directive} %left
8014 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8015 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8016 @end deffn
8017
8018 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8019 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8020 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8021 for Pure Parsers}.
8022 @end deffn
8023
8024 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8025 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8026 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8027 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8028 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8029 @end deffn
8030
8031 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8032 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8033 @end deffn
8034
8035 @ifset defaultprec
8036 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8037 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8038 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8039 Precedence}.
8040 @end deffn
8041 @end ifset
8042
8043 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8044 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8045 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8046 @end deffn
8047
8048 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8049 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8050 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8051 @end deffn
8052
8053 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8054 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8055 Summary}.
8056 @end deffn
8057
8058 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8059 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8060 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8061 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8062 @end deffn
8063
8064 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8065 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8066 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8067 @end deffn
8068
8069 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8070 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8071 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8072 @end deffn
8073
8074 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8075 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8076 Require a Version of Bison}.
8077 @end deffn
8078
8079 @deffn {Directive} %right
8080 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8081 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8082 @end deffn
8083
8084 @deffn {Directive} %start
8085 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8086 Start-Symbol}.
8087 @end deffn
8088
8089 @deffn {Directive} %token
8090 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8091 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8092 @end deffn
8093
8094 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8095 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8096 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8097 @end deffn
8098
8099 @deffn {Directive} %type
8100 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8101 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8102 @end deffn
8103
8104 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8105 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8106 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8107 @code{error}.
8108 @end deffn
8109
8110 @deffn {Directive} %union
8111 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8112 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8113 @end deffn
8114
8115 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8116 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8117 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8118 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8119 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8123 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8124 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8125 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8126 @end deffn
8127
8128 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8129 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8130 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8131 @end deffn
8132
8133 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8134 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8135 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8136 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8137 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8138 @end deffn
8139
8140 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8141 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8142 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8143 @end deffn
8144
8145 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8146 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8147 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8148 @end deffn
8149
8150 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8151 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8152 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8153 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8154 @end deffn
8155
8156 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8157 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8158 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8159 @end deffn
8160
8161 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8162 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8163 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8164 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8165 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8166 @end deffn
8167
8168 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8169 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8170 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8171 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8172 @end deffn
8173
8174 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8175 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8176 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8177 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8178 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8179 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8180 @end deffn
8181
8182 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8183 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8184 @xref{Memory Management}.
8185 @end deffn
8186
8187 @deffn {Function} yylex
8188 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8189 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8190 @code{yylex}}.
8191 @end deffn
8192
8193 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8194 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8195 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8196 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8197 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8198 @end deffn
8199
8200 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8201 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8202 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8203 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8204 @code{yylex}.)
8205 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8206 grammar actions.
8207 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8208 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8209 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8210 @end deffn
8211
8212 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8213 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8214 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8215 @end deffn
8216
8217 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8218 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8219 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8220 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8221 @code{yylex}.)
8222 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8223 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8224 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8225 @end deffn
8226
8227 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8228 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8229 Management}.
8230 @end deffn
8231
8232 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8233 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8234 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8235 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8236 @end deffn
8237
8238 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8239 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8240 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8241 @end deffn
8242
8243 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8244 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8245 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8246 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8247 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8248 @end deffn
8249
8250 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8251 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8252 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8253 @end deffn
8254
8255 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8256 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8257 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8258 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8259 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8260 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8261 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8262
8263 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8264 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8265 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8266 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8267 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8268 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8269 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8270 @end deffn
8271
8272 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8273 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8274 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8275 @end deffn
8276
8277 @node Glossary
8278 @appendix Glossary
8279 @cindex glossary
8280
8281 @table @asis
8282 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8283 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8284 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8285 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8286 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8287
8288 @item Context-free grammars
8289 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8290 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8291 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8292 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8293 Grammars}.
8294
8295 @item Dynamic allocation
8296 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8297 compile time or on entry to a function.
8298
8299 @item Empty string
8300 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8301 character string of length zero.
8302
8303 @item Finite-state stack machine
8304 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8305 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8306 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8307 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8308 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8309 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8310
8311 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8312 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8313 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8314 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8315 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8316 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8317 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8318 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8319
8320 @item Grouping
8321 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8322 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8323 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8324
8325 @item Infix operator
8326 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8327 performs some operation.
8328
8329 @item Input stream
8330 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8331
8332 @item Language construct
8333 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8334 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8335 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8336
8337 @item Left associativity
8338 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8339 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8340 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8341
8342 @item Left recursion
8343 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8344 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8345 Rules}.
8346
8347 @item Left-to-right parsing
8348 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8349 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8350
8351 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8352 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8353 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8354
8355 @item Lexical tie-in
8356 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8357 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8358
8359 @item Literal string token
8360 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8361
8362 @item Look-ahead token
8363 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8364 Tokens}.
8365
8366 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8367 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8368 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8369 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8370
8371 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8372 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8373 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8374
8375 @item Nonterminal symbol
8376 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8377 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8378 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8379
8380 @item Parser
8381 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8382 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8383 analyzer.
8384
8385 @item Postfix operator
8386 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8387 performs some operation.
8388
8389 @item Reduction
8390 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8391 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8392 Parser Algorithm}.
8393
8394 @item Reentrant
8395 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8396 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8397 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8398
8399 @item Reverse polish notation
8400 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8401
8402 @item Right recursion
8403 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8404 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8405 Rules}.
8406
8407 @item Semantics
8408 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8409 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8410 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8411
8412 @item Shift
8413 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8414 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8415 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8416
8417 @item Single-character literal
8418 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8419 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8420
8421 @item Start symbol
8422 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8423 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8424 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8425 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8426
8427 @item Symbol table
8428 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8429 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8430 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8431
8432 @item Syntax error
8433 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8434 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8435
8436 @item Token
8437 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8438 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8439 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8440 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8441
8442 @item Terminal symbol
8443 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8444 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8445 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8446 @end table
8447
8448 @node Copying This Manual
8449 @appendix Copying This Manual
8450
8451 @menu
8452 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8453 @end menu
8454
8455 @include fdl.texi
8456
8457 @node Index
8458 @unnumbered Index
8459
8460 @printindex cp
8461
8462 @bye
8463
8464 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8465 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8466 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8467 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8468 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8469 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8470 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8471 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8472 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8473 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8474 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8475 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8476 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8477 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8478 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8479 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8480 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8481 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8482 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8483 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8484 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8485 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8486 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8487 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8488 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8489 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8490 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8491 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8492 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex